Quotations.ch
  Directory : The World Set Free
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The World Set Free, by Herbert George Wells
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The World Set Free
  • Author: Herbert George Wells
  • Release Date: February 11, 2006 [EBook #1059]
  • Last Updated: September 17, 2016
  • Language: English
  • Character set encoding: UTF-8
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD SET FREE ***
  • Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
  • THE WORLD SET FREE
  • H.G. WELLS
  • We Are All Things That Make And Pass,
  • Striving Upon A Hidden Mission,
  • Out To The Open Sea.
  • TO
  • Frederick Soddy’s
  • ‘Interpretation Of Radium’
  • This Story, Which Owes Long Passages To The Eleventh Chapter Of That
  • Book, Acknowledges And Inscribes Itself
  • PREFACE
  • THE WORLD SET FREE was written in 1913 and published early in 1914, and
  • it is the latest of a series of three fantasias of possibility, stories
  • which all turn on the possible developments in the future of some
  • contemporary force or group of forces. The World Set Free was written
  • under the immediate shadow of the Great War. Every intelligent person in
  • the world felt that disaster was impending and knew no way of averting
  • it, but few of us realised in the earlier half of 1914 how near the
  • crash was to us. The reader will be amused to find that here it is put
  • off until the year 1956. He may naturally want to know the reason for
  • what will seem now a quite extraordinary delay. As a prophet, the author
  • must confess he has always been inclined to be rather a slow prophet.
  • The war aeroplane in the world of reality, for example, beat the
  • forecast in Anticipations by about twenty years or so. I suppose a
  • desire not to shock the sceptical reader’s sense of use and wont and
  • perhaps a less creditable disposition to hedge, have something to do
  • with this dating forward of one’s main events, but in the particular
  • case of The World Set Free there was, I think, another motive in holding
  • the Great War back, and that was to allow the chemist to get well
  • forward with his discovery of the release of atomic energy. 1956--or for
  • that matter 2056--may be none too late for that crowning revolution in
  • human potentialities. And apart from this procrastination of over forty
  • years, the guess at the opening phase of the war was fairly lucky; the
  • forecast of an alliance of the Central Empires, the opening campaign
  • through the Netherlands, and the despatch of the British Expeditionary
  • Force were all justified before the book had been published six months.
  • And the opening section of Chapter the Second remains now, after the
  • reality has happened, a fairly adequate diagnosis of the essentials of
  • the matter. One happy hit (in Chapter the Second, Section 2), on which
  • the writer may congratulate himself, is the forecast that under modern
  • conditions it would be quite impossible for any great general to emerge
  • to supremacy and concentrate the enthusiasm of the armies of either
  • side. There could be no Alexanders or Napoleons. And we soon heard the
  • scientific corps muttering, ‘These old fools,’ exactly as it is here
  • foretold.
  • These, however, are small details, and the misses in the story far
  • outnumber the hits. It is the main thesis which is still of interest
  • now; the thesis that because of the development of scientific knowledge,
  • separate sovereign states and separate sovereign empires are no longer
  • possible in the world, that to attempt to keep on with the old system
  • is to heap disaster upon disaster for mankind and perhaps to destroy
  • our race altogether. The remaining interest of this book now is the
  • sustained validity of this thesis and the discussion of the possible
  • ending of war on the earth. I have supposed a sort of epidemic of sanity
  • to break out among the rulers of states and the leaders of mankind. I
  • have represented the native common sense of the French mind and of
  • the English mind--for manifestly King Egbert is meant to be ‘God’s
  • Englishman’--leading mankind towards a bold and resolute effort of
  • salvage and reconstruction. Instead of which, as the school book
  • footnotes say, compare to-day’s newspaper. Instead of a frank and
  • honourable gathering of leading men, Englishman meeting German and
  • Frenchman Russian, brothers in their offences and in their disaster,
  • upon the hills of Brissago, beheld in Geneva at the other end of
  • Switzerland a poor little League of (Allied) Nations (excluding the
  • United States, Russia, and most of the ‘subject peoples’ of the world),
  • meeting obscurely amidst a world-wide disregard to make impotent
  • gestures at the leading problems of the debacle. Either the disaster has
  • not been vast enough yet or it has not been swift enough to inflict the
  • necessary moral shock and achieve the necessary moral revulsion. Just as
  • the world of 1913 was used to an increasing prosperity and thought that
  • increase would go on for ever, so now it would seem the world is growing
  • accustomed to a steady glide towards social disintegration, and thinks
  • that that too can go on continually and never come to a final bump.
  • So soon do use and wont establish themselves, and the most flaming and
  • thunderous of lessons pale into disregard.
  • The question whether a Leblanc is still possible, the question whether
  • it is still possible to bring about an outbreak of creative sanity in
  • mankind, to avert this steady glide to destruction, is now one of the
  • most urgent in the world. It is clear that the writer is temperamentally
  • disposed to hope that there is such a possibility. But he has to
  • confess that he sees few signs of any such breadth of understanding and
  • steadfastness of will as an effectual effort to turn the rush of human
  • affairs demands. The inertia of dead ideas and old institutions carries
  • us on towards the rapids. Only in one direction is there any plain
  • recognition of the idea of a human commonweal as something overriding
  • any national and patriotic consideration, and that is in the working
  • class movement throughout the world. And labour internationalism is
  • closely bound up with conceptions of a profound social revolution. If
  • world peace is to be attained through labour internationalism, it will
  • have to be attained at the price of the completest social and economic
  • reconstruction and by passing through a phase of revolution that will
  • certainly be violent, that may be very bloody, which may be prolonged
  • through a long period, and may in the end fail to achieve anything but
  • social destruction. Nevertheless, the fact remains that it is in the
  • labour class, and the labour class alone, that any conception of a world
  • rule and a world peace has so far appeared. The dream of The World Set
  • Free, a dream of highly educated and highly favoured leading and ruling
  • men, voluntarily setting themselves to the task of reshaping the world,
  • has thus far remained a dream.
  • H. G. WELLS.
  • EASTON GLEBE, DUNMOW, 1921.
  • CONTENTS
  • PRELUDE THE SUN SNARERS
  • CHAPTER THE FIRST THE NEW SOURCE OF ENERGY
  • CHAPTER THE SECOND THE LAST WAR
  • CHAPTER THE THIRD THE ENDING OF WAR
  • CHAPTER THE FOURTH THE NEW PHASE
  • CHAPTER THE FIFTH THE LAST DAYS OF MARCUS KARENIN
  • PRELUDE
  • THE SUN SNARERS
  • Section 1
  • THE history of mankind is the history of the attainment of external
  • power. Man is the tool-using, fire-making animal. From the outset of his
  • terrestrial career we find him supplementing the natural strength and
  • bodily weapons of a beast by the heat of burning and the rough implement
  • of stone. So he passed beyond the ape. From that he expands. Presently
  • he added to himself the power of the horse and the ox, he borrowed
  • the carrying strength of water and the driving force of the wind, he
  • quickened his fire by blowing, and his simple tools, pointed first
  • with copper and then with iron, increased and varied and became more
  • elaborate and efficient. He sheltered his heat in houses and made his
  • way easier by paths and roads. He complicated his social relationships
  • and increased his efficiency by the division of labour. He began to
  • store up knowledge. Contrivance followed contrivance, each making it
  • possible for a man to do more. Always down the lengthening record,
  • save for a set-back ever and again, he is doing more.... A quarter of
  • a million years ago the utmost man was a savage, a being scarcely
  • articulate, sheltering in holes in the rocks, armed with a rough-hewn
  • flint or a fire-pointed stick, naked, living in small family groups,
  • killed by some younger man so soon as his first virile activity
  • declined. Over most of the great wildernesses of earth you would have
  • sought him in vain; only in a few temperate and sub-tropical river
  • valleys would you have found the squatting lairs of his little herds, a
  • male, a few females, a child or so.
  • He knew no future then, no kind of life except the life he led. He fled
  • the cave-bear over the rocks full of iron ore and the promise of sword
  • and spear; he froze to death upon a ledge of coal; he drank water muddy
  • with the clay that would one day make cups of porcelain; he chewed the
  • ear of wild wheat he had plucked and gazed with a dim speculation in his
  • eyes at the birds that soared beyond his reach. Or suddenly he became
  • aware of the scent of another male and rose up roaring, his roars
  • the formless precursors of moral admonitions. For he was a great
  • individualist, that original, he suffered none other than himself.
  • So through the long generations, this heavy precursor, this ancestor of
  • all of us, fought and bred and perished, changing almost imperceptibly.
  • Yet he changed. That keen chisel of necessity which sharpened the
  • tiger’s claw age by age and fined down the clumsy Orchippus to the swift
  • grace of the horse, was at work upon him--is at work upon him still.
  • The clumsier and more stupidly fierce among him were killed soonest and
  • oftenest; the finer hand, the quicker eye, the bigger brain, the better
  • balanced body prevailed; age by age, the implements were a little better
  • made, the man a little more delicately adjusted to his possibilities. He
  • became more social; his herd grew larger; no longer did each man kill
  • or drive out his growing sons; a system of taboos made them tolerable
  • to him, and they revered him alive and soon even after he was dead, and
  • were his allies against the beasts and the rest of mankind. (But they
  • were forbidden to touch the women of the tribe, they had to go out and
  • capture women for themselves, and each son fled from his stepmother and
  • hid from her lest the anger of the Old Man should be roused. All the
  • world over, even to this day, these ancient inevitable taboos can be
  • traced.) And now instead of caves came huts and hovels, and the fire was
  • better tended and there were wrappings and garments; and so aided, the
  • creature spread into colder climates, carrying food with him, storing
  • food--until sometimes the neglected grass-seed sprouted again and gave a
  • first hint of agriculture.
  • And already there were the beginnings of leisure and thought.
  • Man began to think. There were times when he was fed, when his lusts and
  • his fears were all appeased, when the sun shone upon the squatting-place
  • and dim stirrings of speculation lit his eyes. He scratched upon a bone
  • and found resemblance and pursued it and began pictorial art, moulded
  • the soft, warm clay of the river brink between his fingers, and found a
  • pleasure in its patternings and repetitions, shaped it into the form of
  • vessels, and found that it would hold water. He watched the streaming
  • river, and wondered from what bountiful breast this incessant water
  • came; he blinked at the sun and dreamt that perhaps he might snare it
  • and spear it as it went down to its resting-place amidst the distant
  • hills. Then he was roused to convey to his brother that once indeed he
  • had done so--at least that some one had done so--he mixed that perhaps
  • with another dream almost as daring, that one day a mammoth had been
  • beset; and therewith began fiction--pointing a way to achievement--and
  • the august prophetic procession of tales.
  • For scores and hundreds of centuries, for myriads of generations that
  • life of our fathers went on. From the beginning to the ripening of that
  • phase of human life, from the first clumsy eolith of rudely chipped
  • flint to the first implements of polished stone, was two or three
  • thousand centuries, ten or fifteen thousand generations. So slowly,
  • by human standards, did humanity gather itself together out of the dim
  • intimations of the beast. And that first glimmering of speculation, that
  • first story of achievement, that story-teller bright-eyed and flushed
  • under his matted hair, gesticulating to his gaping, incredulous
  • listener, gripping his wrist to keep him attentive, was the most
  • marvellous beginning this world has ever seen. It doomed the mammoths,
  • and it began the setting of that snare that shall catch the sun.
  • Section 2
  • That dream was but a moment in a man’s life, whose proper business it
  • seemed was to get food and kill his fellows and beget after the manner
  • of all that belongs to the fellowship of the beasts. About him, hidden
  • from him by the thinnest of veils, were the untouched sources of Power,
  • whose magnitude we scarcely do more than suspect even to-day, Power that
  • could make his every conceivable dream come real. But the feet of the
  • race were in the way of it, though he died blindly unknowing.
  • At last, in the generous levels of warm river valleys, where food is
  • abundant and life very easy, the emerging human overcoming his earlier
  • jealousies, becoming, as necessity persecuted him less urgently, more
  • social and tolerant and amenable, achieved a larger community. There
  • began a division of labour, certain of the older men specialised in
  • knowledge and direction, a strong man took the fatherly leadership in
  • war, and priest and king began to develop their roles in the opening
  • drama of man’s history. The priest’s solicitude was seed-time and
  • harvest and fertility, and the king ruled peace and war. In a hundred
  • river valleys about the warm, temperate zone of the earth there
  • were already towns and temples, a score of thousand years ago. They
  • flourished unrecorded, ignoring the past and unsuspicious of the future,
  • for as yet writing had still to begin.
  • Very slowly did man increase his demand upon the illimitable wealth
  • of Power that offered itself on every hand to him. He tamed certain
  • animals, he developed his primordially haphazard agriculture into a
  • ritual, he added first one metal to his resources and then another,
  • until he had copper and tin and iron and lead and gold and silver to
  • supplement his stone, he hewed and carved wood, made pottery, paddled
  • down his river until he came to the sea, discovered the wheel and made
  • the first roads. But his chief activity for a hundred centuries and
  • more, was the subjugation of himself and others to larger and larger
  • societies. The history of man is not simply the conquest of external
  • power; it is first the conquest of those distrusts and fiercenesses,
  • that self-concentration and intensity of animalism, that tie his hands
  • from taking his inheritance. The ape in us still resents association.
  • From the dawn of the age of polished stone to the achievement of the
  • Peace of the World, man’s dealings were chiefly with himself and his
  • fellow man, trading, bargaining, law-making, propitiating, enslaving,
  • conquering, exterminating, and every little increment in Power, he
  • turned at once and always turns to the purposes of this confused
  • elaborate struggle to socialise. To incorporate and comprehend his
  • fellow men into a community of purpose became the last and greatest of
  • his instincts. Already before the last polished phase of the stone
  • age was over he had become a political animal. He made astonishingly
  • far-reaching discoveries within himself, first of counting and then of
  • writing and making records, and with that his town communities began to
  • stretch out to dominion; in the valleys of the Nile, the Euphrates, and
  • the great Chinese rivers, the first empires and the first written laws
  • had their beginnings. Men specialised for fighting and rule as soldiers
  • and knights. Later, as ships grew seaworthy, the Mediterranean which had
  • been a barrier became a highway, and at last out of a tangle of pirate
  • polities came the great struggle of Carthage and Rome. The history
  • of Europe is the history of the victory and breaking up of the Roman
  • Empire. Every ascendant monarch in Europe up to the last, aped Caesar
  • and called himself Kaiser or Tsar or Imperator or Kasir-i-Hind. Measured
  • by the duration of human life it is a vast space of time between that
  • first dynasty in Egypt and the coming of the aeroplane, but by the scale
  • that looks back to the makers of the eoliths, it is all of it a story of
  • yesterday.
  • Now during this period of two hundred centuries or more, this period
  • of the warring states, while men’s minds were chiefly preoccupied by
  • politics and mutual aggression, their progress in the acquirement of
  • external Power was slow--rapid in comparison with the progress of the
  • old stone age, but slow in comparison with this new age of systematic
  • discovery in which we live. They did not very greatly alter the weapons
  • and tactics of warfare, the methods of agriculture, seamanship, their
  • knowledge of the habitable globe, or the devices and utensils of
  • domestic life between the days of the early Egyptians and the days when
  • Christopher Columbus was a child. Of course, there were inventions and
  • changes, but there were also retrogressions; things were found out and
  • then forgotten again; it was, on the whole, a progress, but it contained
  • no steps; the peasant life was the same, there were already priests and
  • lawyers and town craftsmen and territorial lords and rulers, doctors,
  • wise women, soldiers and sailors in Egypt and China and Assyria and
  • south-eastern Europe at the beginning of that period, and they were
  • doing much the same things and living much the same life as they were in
  • Europe in A.D. 1500. The English excavators of the year A.D. 1900
  • could delve into the remains of Babylon and Egypt and disinter legal
  • documents, domestic accounts, and family correspondence that they could
  • read with the completest sympathy. There were great religious and
  • moral changes throughout the period, empires and republics replaced one
  • another, Italy tried a vast experiment in slavery, and indeed slavery
  • was tried again and again and failed and failed and was still to be
  • tested again and rejected again in the New World; Christianity and
  • Mohammedanism swept away a thousand more specialised cults, but
  • essentially these were progressive adaptations of mankind to
  • material conditions that must have seemed fixed for ever. The idea of
  • revolutionary changes in the material conditions of life would have been
  • entirely strange to human thought through all that time.
  • Yet the dreamer, the story-teller, was there still, waiting for his
  • opportunity amidst the busy preoccupations, the comings and goings, the
  • wars and processions, the castle building and cathedral building, the
  • arts and loves, the small diplomacies and incurable feuds, the crusades
  • and trading journeys of the middle ages. He no longer speculated
  • with the untrammelled freedom of the stone-age savage; authoritative
  • explanations of everything barred his path; but he speculated with a
  • better brain, sat idle and gazed at circling stars in the sky and mused
  • upon the coin and crystal in his hand. Whenever there was a certain
  • leisure for thought throughout these times, then men were to be found
  • dissatisfied with the appearances of things, dissatisfied with the
  • assurances of orthodox belief, uneasy with a sense of unread symbols
  • in the world about them, questioning the finality of scholastic wisdom.
  • Through all the ages of history there were men to whom this whisper had
  • come of hidden things about them. They could no longer lead ordinary
  • lives nor content themselves with the common things of this world once
  • they had heard this voice. And mostly they believed not only that all
  • this world was as it were a painted curtain before things unguessed at,
  • but that these secrets were Power. Hitherto Power had come to men by
  • chance, but now there were these seekers seeking, seeking among rare and
  • curious and perplexing objects, sometimes finding some odd utilisable
  • thing, sometimes deceiving themselves with fancied discovery, sometimes
  • pretending to find. The world of every day laughed at these eccentric
  • beings, or found them annoying and ill-treated them, or was seized
  • with fear and made saints and sorcerers and warlocks of them, or with
  • covetousness and entertained them hopefully; but for the greater part
  • heeded them not at all. Yet they were of the blood of him who had first
  • dreamt of attacking the mammoth; every one of them was of his blood and
  • descent; and the thing they sought, all unwittingly, was the snare that
  • will some day catch the sun.
  • Section 3
  • Such a man was that Leonardo da Vinci, who went about the court of
  • Sforza in Milan in a state of dignified abstraction. His common-place
  • books are full of prophetic subtlety and ingenious anticipations of
  • the methods of the early aviators. Durer was his parallel and Roger
  • Bacon--whom the Franciscans silenced--of his kindred. Such a man again
  • in an earlier city was Hero of Alexandria, who knew of the power of
  • steam nineteen hundred years before it was first brought into use.
  • And earlier still was Archimedes of Syracuse, and still earlier the
  • legendary Daedalus of Cnossos. All up and down the record of history
  • whenever there was a little leisure from war and brutality the seekers
  • appeared. And half the alchemists were of their tribe.
  • When Roger Bacon blew up his first batch of gunpowder one might have
  • supposed that men would have gone at once to the explosive engine. But
  • they could see nothing of the sort. They were not yet beginning to think
  • of seeing things; their metallurgy was all too poor to make such
  • engines even had they thought of them. For a time they could not make
  • instruments sound enough to stand this new force even for so rough a
  • purpose as hurling a missile. Their first guns had barrels of coopered
  • timber, and the world waited for more than five hundred years before the
  • explosive engine came.
  • Even when the seekers found, it was at first a long journey before the
  • world could use their findings for any but the roughest, most obvious
  • purposes. If man in general was not still as absolutely blind to the
  • unconquered energies about him as his paleolithic precursor, he was at
  • best purblind.
  • Section 4
  • The latent energy of coal and the power of steam waited long on the
  • verge of discovery, before they began to influence human lives.
  • There were no doubt many such devices as Hero’s toys devised and
  • forgotten, time after time, in courts and palaces, but it needed that
  • coal should be mined and burning with plenty of iron at hand before it
  • dawned upon men that here was something more than a curiosity. And it is
  • to be remarked that the first recorded suggestion for the use of steam
  • was in war; there is an Elizabethan pamphlet in which it is proposed to
  • fire shot out of corked iron bottles full of heated water. The mining
  • of coal for fuel, the smelting of iron upon a larger scale than men had
  • ever done before, the steam pumping engine, the steam-engine and the
  • steam-boat, followed one another in an order that had a kind of logical
  • necessity. It is the most interesting and instructive chapter in
  • the history of the human intelligence, the history of steam from its
  • beginning as a fact in human consciousness to the perfection of the
  • great turbine engines that preceded the utilisation of intra-molecular
  • power. Nearly every human being must have seen steam, seen it
  • incuriously for many thousands of years; the women in particular were
  • always heating water, boiling it, seeing it boil away, seeing the lids
  • of vessels dance with its fury; millions of people at different times
  • must have watched steam pitching rocks out of volcanoes like cricket
  • balls and blowing pumice into foam, and yet you may search the whole
  • human record through, letters, books, inscriptions, pictures, for any
  • glimmer of a realisation that here was force, here was strength to
  • borrow and use.... Then suddenly man woke up to it, the railways spread
  • like a network over the globe, the ever enlarging iron steamships began
  • their staggering fight against wind and wave.
  • Steam was the first-comer in the new powers, it was the beginning of the
  • Age of Energy that was to close the long history of the Warring States.
  • But for a long time men did not realise the importance of this novelty.
  • They would not recognise, they were not able to recognise that anything
  • fundamental had happened to their immemorial necessities. They called
  • the steam-engine the ‘iron horse’ and pretended that they had made the
  • most partial of substitutions. Steam machinery and factory production
  • were visibly revolutionising the conditions of industrial production,
  • population was streaming steadily in from the country-side and
  • concentrating in hitherto unthought-of masses about a few city centres,
  • food was coming to them over enormous distances upon a scale that
  • made the one sole precedent, the corn ships of imperial Rome, a petty
  • incident; and a huge migration of peoples between Europe and Western
  • Asia and America was in Progress, and--nobody seems to have realised
  • that something new had come into human life, a strange swirl different
  • altogether from any previous circling and mutation, a swirl like the
  • swirl when at last the lock gates begin to open after a long phase of
  • accumulating water and eddying inactivity....
  • The sober Englishman at the close of the nineteenth century could sit
  • at his breakfast-table, decide between tea from Ceylon or coffee from
  • Brazil, devour an egg from France with some Danish ham, or eat a New
  • Zealand chop, wind up his breakfast with a West Indian banana, glance at
  • the latest telegrams from all the world, scrutinise the prices current
  • of his geographically distributed investments in South Africa, Japan,
  • and Egypt, and tell the two children he had begotten (in the place of
  • his father’s eight) that he thought the world changed very little. They
  • must play cricket, keep their hair cut, go to the old school he had gone
  • to, shirk the lessons he had shirked, learn a few scraps of Horace and
  • Virgil and Homer for the confusion of cads, and all would be well with
  • them....
  • Section 5
  • Electricity, though it was perhaps the earlier of the two to be studied,
  • invaded the common life of men a few decades after the exploitation of
  • steam. To electricity also, in spite of its provocative nearness all
  • about him, mankind had been utterly blind for incalculable ages. Could
  • anything be more emphatic than the appeal of electricity for attention?
  • It thundered at man’s ears, it signalled to him in blinding flashes,
  • occasionally it killed him, and he could not see it as a thing that
  • concerned him enough to merit study. It came into the house with the cat
  • on any dry day and crackled insinuatingly whenever he stroked her fur.
  • It rotted his metals when he put them together.... There is no single
  • record that any one questioned why the cat’s fur crackles or why hair
  • is so unruly to brush on a frosty day, before the sixteenth century.
  • For endless years man seems to have done his very successful best not to
  • think about it at all; until this new spirit of the Seeker turned itself
  • to these things.
  • How often things must have been seen and dismissed as unimportant,
  • before the speculative eye and the moment of vision came! It was
  • Gilbert, Queen Elizabeth’s court physician, who first puzzled his brains
  • with rubbed amber and bits of glass and silk and shellac, and so began
  • the quickening of the human mind to the existence of this universal
  • presence. And even then the science of electricity remained a mere
  • little group of curious facts for nearly two hundred years, connected
  • perhaps with magnetism--a mere guess that--perhaps with the lightning.
  • Frogs’ legs must have hung by copper hooks from iron railings and
  • twitched upon countless occasions before Galvani saw them. Except
  • for the lightning conductor, it was 250 years after Gilbert before
  • electricity stepped out of the cabinet of scientific curiosities into
  • the life of the common man.... Then suddenly, in the half-century
  • between 1880 and 1930, it ousted the steam-engine and took over
  • traction, it ousted every other form of household heating,
  • abolished distance with the perfected wireless telephone and the
  • telephotograph....
  • Section 6
  • And there was an extraordinary mental resistance to discovery and
  • invention for at least a hundred years after the scientific revolution
  • had begun. Each new thing made its way into practice against a
  • scepticism that amounted at times to hostility. One writer upon these
  • subjects gives a funny little domestic conversation that happened, he
  • says, in the year 1898, within ten years, that is to say, of the time
  • when the first aviators were fairly on the wing. He tells us how he sat
  • at his desk in his study and conversed with his little boy.
  • His little boy was in profound trouble. He felt he had to speak very
  • seriously to his father, and as he was a kindly little boy he did not
  • want to do it too harshly.
  • This is what happened.
  • ‘I wish, Daddy,’ he said, coming to his point, ‘that you wouldn’t write
  • all this stuff about flying. The chaps rot me.’
  • ‘Yes!’ said his father.
  • ‘And old Broomie, the Head I mean, he rots me. Everybody rots me.’
  • ‘But there is going to be flying--quite soon.’
  • The little boy was too well bred to say what he thought of that.
  • ‘Anyhow,’ he said, ‘I wish you wouldn’t write about it.’
  • ‘You’ll fly--lots of times--before you die,’ the father assured him.
  • The little boy looked unhappy.
  • The father hesitated. Then he opened a drawer and took out a blurred and
  • under-developed photograph. ‘Come and look at this,’ he said.
  • The little boy came round to him. The photograph showed a stream and
  • a meadow beyond, and some trees, and in the air a black, pencil-like
  • object with flat wings on either side of it. It was the first record of
  • the first apparatus heavier than air that ever maintained itself in the
  • air by mechanical force. Across the margin was written: ‘Here we go up,
  • up, up--from S. P. Langley, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.’
  • The father watched the effect of this reassuring document upon his son.
  • ‘Well?’ he said.
  • ‘That,’ said the schoolboy, after reflection, ‘is only a model.’
  • ‘Model to-day, man to-morrow.’
  • The boy seemed divided in his allegiance. Then he decided for what he
  • believed quite firmly to be omniscience. ‘But old Broomie,’ he said, ‘he
  • told all the boys in his class only yesterday, “no man will ever fly.”
  • No one, he says, who has ever shot grouse or pheasants on the wing would
  • ever believe anything of the sort....’
  • Yet that boy lived to fly across the Atlantic and edit his father’s
  • reminiscences.
  • Section 7
  • At the close of the nineteenth century as a multitude of passages in the
  • literature of that time witness, it was thought that the fact that man
  • had at last had successful and profitable dealings with the steam that
  • scalded him and the electricity that flashed and banged about the sky
  • at him, was an amazing and perhaps a culminating exercise of his
  • intelligence and his intellectual courage. The air of ‘Nunc Dimittis’
  • sounds in same of these writings. ‘The great things are discovered,’
  • wrote Gerald Brown in his summary of the nineteenth century. ‘For us
  • there remains little but the working out of detail.’ The spirit of
  • the seeker was still rare in the world; education was unskilled,
  • unstimulating, scholarly, and but little valued, and few people even
  • then could have realised that Science was still but the flimsiest of
  • trial sketches and discovery scarcely beginning. No one seems to have
  • been afraid of science and its possibilities. Yet now where there had
  • been but a score or so of seekers, there were many thousands, and
  • for one needle of speculation that had been probing the curtain of
  • appearances in 1800, there were now hundreds. And already Chemistry,
  • which had been content with her atoms and molecules for the better part
  • of a century, was preparing herself for that vast next stride that was
  • to revolutionise the whole life of man from top to bottom.
  • One realises how crude was the science of that time when one considers
  • the case of the composition of air. This was determined by that
  • strange genius and recluse, that man of mystery, that disembowelled
  • intelligence, Henry Cavendish, towards the end of the eighteenth
  • century. So far as he was concerned the work was admirably done.
  • He separated all the known ingredients of the air with a precision
  • altogether remarkable; he even put it upon record that he had some doubt
  • about the purity of the nitrogen. For more than a hundred years his
  • determination was repeated by chemists all the world over, his apparatus
  • was treasured in London, he became, as they used to say, ‘classic,’ and
  • always, at every one of the innumerable repetitions of his experiment,
  • that sly element argon was hiding among the nitrogen (and with a little
  • helium and traces of other substances, and indeed all the hints
  • that might have led to the new departures of the twentieth-century
  • chemistry), and every time it slipped unobserved through the
  • professorial fingers that repeated his procedure.
  • Is it any wonder then with this margin of inaccuracy, that up to the
  • very dawn of the twentieth-century scientific discovery was still rather
  • a procession of happy accidents than an orderly conquest of nature?
  • Yet the spirit of seeking was spreading steadily through the world. Even
  • the schoolmaster could not check it. For the mere handful who grew up to
  • feel wonder and curiosity about the secrets of nature in the nineteenth
  • century, there were now, at the beginning of the twentieth, myriads
  • escaping from the limitations of intellectual routine and the habitual
  • life, in Europe, in America, North and South, in Japan, in China, and
  • all about the world.
  • It was in 1910 that the parents of young Holsten, who was to be called
  • by a whole generation of scientific men, ‘the greatest of European
  • chemists,’ were staying in a villa near Santo Domenico, between Fiesole
  • and Florence. He was then only fifteen, but he was already distinguished
  • as a mathematician and possessed by a savage appetite to understand. He
  • had been particularly attracted by the mystery of phosphorescence and
  • its apparent unrelatedness to every other source of light. He was
  • to tell afterwards in his reminiscences how he watched the fireflies
  • drifting and glowing among the dark trees in the garden of the villa
  • under the warm blue night sky of Italy; how he caught and kept them in
  • cages, dissected them, first studying the general anatomy of insects
  • very elaborately, and how he began to experiment with the effect of
  • various gases and varying temperature upon their light. Then the chance
  • present of a little scientific toy invented by Sir William Crookes, a
  • toy called the spinthariscope, on which radium particles impinge upon
  • sulphide of zinc and make it luminous, induced him to associate the two
  • sets of phenomena. It was a happy association for his inquiries. It was
  • a rare and fortunate thing, too, that any one with the mathematical gift
  • should have been taken by these curiosities.
  • Section 8
  • And while the boy Holsten was mooning over his fireflies at Fiesole,
  • a certain professor of physics named Rufus was giving a course of
  • afternoon lectures upon Radium and Radio-Activity in Edinburgh.
  • They were lectures that had attracted a very considerable amount of
  • attention. He gave them in a small lecture-theatre that had become more
  • and more congested as his course proceeded. At his concluding discussion
  • it was crowded right up to the ceiling at the back, and there people
  • were standing, standing without any sense of fatigue, so fascinating
  • did they find his suggestions. One youngster in particular, a
  • chuckle-headed, scrub-haired lad from the Highlands, sat hugging his
  • knee with great sand-red hands and drinking in every word, eyes aglow,
  • cheeks flushed, and ears burning.
  • ‘And so,’ said the professor, ‘we see that this Radium, which seemed
  • at first a fantastic exception, a mad inversion of all that was most
  • established and fundamental in the constitution of matter, is really at
  • one with the rest of the elements. It does noticeably and forcibly
  • what probably all the other elements are doing with an imperceptible
  • slowness. It is like the single voice crying aloud that betrays the
  • silent breathing multitude in the darkness. Radium is an element that
  • is breaking up and flying to pieces. But perhaps all elements are doing
  • that at less perceptible rates. Uranium certainly is; thorium--the stuff
  • of this incandescent gas mantle--certainly is; actinium. I feel that we
  • are but beginning the list. And we know now that the atom, that once
  • we thought hard and impenetrable, and indivisible and final
  • and--lifeless--lifeless, is really a reservoir of immense energy. That
  • is the most wonderful thing about all this work. A little while ago
  • we thought of the atoms as we thought of bricks, as solid building
  • material, as substantial matter, as unit masses of lifeless stuff,
  • and behold! these bricks are boxes, treasure boxes, boxes full of the
  • intensest force. This little bottle contains about a pint of uranium
  • oxide; that is to say, about fourteen ounces of the element uranium. It
  • is worth about a pound. And in this bottle, ladies and gentlemen, in the
  • atoms in this bottle there slumbers at least as much energy as we could
  • get by burning a hundred and sixty tons of coal. If at a word, in one
  • instant I could suddenly release that energy here and now it would blow
  • us and everything about us to fragments; if I could turn it into the
  • machinery that lights this city, it could keep Edinburgh brightly lit
  • for a week. But at present no man knows, no man has an inkling of how
  • this little lump of stuff can be made to hasten the release of its
  • store. It does release it, as a burn trickles. Slowly the uranium
  • changes into radium, the radium changes into a gas called the radium
  • emanation, and that again to what we call radium A, and so the process
  • goes on, giving out energy at every stage, until at last we reach the
  • last stage of all, which is, so far as we can tell at present, lead. But
  • we cannot hasten it.’
  • ‘I take ye, man,’ whispered the chuckle-headed lad, with his red hands
  • tightening like a vice upon his knee. ‘I take ye, man. Go on! Oh, go
  • on!’
  • The professor went on after a little pause. ‘Why is the change gradual?’
  • he asked. ‘Why does only a minute fraction of the radium disintegrate
  • in any particular second? Why does it dole itself out so slowly and
  • so exactly? Why does not all the uranium change to radium and all
  • the radium change to the next lowest thing at once? Why this decay by
  • driblets; why not a decay en masse? . . . Suppose presently we find it
  • is possible to quicken that decay?’
  • The chuckle-headed lad nodded rapidly. The wonderful inevitable idea was
  • coming. He drew his knee up towards his chin and swayed in his seat with
  • excitement. ‘Why not?’ he echoed, ‘why not?’
  • The professor lifted his forefinger.
  • ‘Given that knowledge,’ he said, ‘mark what we should be able to do! We
  • should not only be able to use this uranium and thorium; not only should
  • we have a source of power so potent that a man might carry in his hand
  • the energy to light a city for a year, fight a fleet of battleships, or
  • drive one of our giant liners across the Atlantic; but we should also
  • have a clue that would enable us at last to quicken the process of
  • disintegration in all the other elements, where decay is still so slow
  • as to escape our finest measurements. Every scrap of solid matter in the
  • world would become an available reservoir of concentrated force. Do you
  • realise, ladies and gentlemen, what these things would mean for us?’
  • The scrub head nodded. ‘Oh! go on. Go on.’
  • ‘It would mean a change in human conditions that I can only compare to
  • the discovery of fire, that first discovery that lifted man above the
  • brute. We stand to-day towards radio-activity as our ancestor stood
  • towards fire before he had learnt to make it. He knew it then only as
  • a strange thing utterly beyond his control, a flare on the crest of the
  • volcano, a red destruction that poured through the forest. So it is that
  • we know radio-activity to-day. This--this is the dawn of a new day in
  • human living. At the climax of that civilisation which had its beginning
  • in the hammered flint and the fire-stick of the savage, just when it
  • is becoming apparent that our ever-increasing needs cannot be borne
  • indefinitely by our present sources of energy, we discover suddenly the
  • possibility of an entirely new civilisation. The energy we need for our
  • very existence, and with which Nature supplies us still so grudgingly,
  • is in reality locked up in inconceivable quantities all about us. We
  • cannot pick that lock at present, but----’
  • He paused. His voice sank so that everybody strained a little to hear
  • him.
  • ‘----we will.’
  • He put up that lean finger again, his solitary gesture.
  • ‘And then,’ he said....
  • ‘Then that perpetual struggle for existence, that perpetual struggle to
  • live on the bare surplus of Nature’s energies will cease to be the lot
  • of Man. Man will step from the pinnacle of this civilisation to the
  • beginning of the next. I have no eloquence, ladies and gentlemen, to
  • express the vision of man’s material destiny that opens out before me. I
  • see the desert continents transformed, the poles no longer wildernesses
  • of ice, the whole world once more Eden. I see the power of man reach out
  • among the stars....’
  • He stopped abruptly with a catching of the breath that many an actor or
  • orator might have envied.
  • The lecture was over, the audience hung silent for a few seconds,
  • sighed, became audible, stirred, fluttered, prepared for dispersal. More
  • light was turned on and what had been a dim mass of figures became a
  • bright confusion of movement. Some of the people signalled to friends,
  • some crowded down towards the platform to examine the lecturer’s
  • apparatus and make notes of his diagrams. But the chuckle-headed lad
  • with the scrub hair wanted no such detailed frittering away of the
  • thoughts that had inspired him. He wanted to be alone with them; he
  • elbowed his way out almost fiercely, he made himself as angular and
  • bony as a cow, fearing lest some one should speak to him, lest some one
  • should invade his glowing sphere of enthusiasm.
  • He went through the streets with a rapt face, like a saint who sees
  • visions. He had arms disproportionately long, and ridiculous big feet.
  • He must get alone, get somewhere high out of all this crowding of
  • commonness, of everyday life.
  • He made his way to the top of Arthur’s Seat, and there he sat for a long
  • time in the golden evening sunshine, still, except that ever and again
  • he whispered to himself some precious phrase that had stuck in his mind.
  • ‘If,’ he whispered, ‘if only we could pick that lock....’
  • The sun was sinking over the distant hills. Already it was shorn of its
  • beams, a globe of ruddy gold, hanging over the great banks of cloud that
  • would presently engulf it.
  • ‘Eh!’ said the youngster. ‘Eh!’
  • He seemed to wake up at last out of his entrancement, and the red
  • sun was there before his eyes. He stared at it, at first without
  • intelligence, and then with a gathering recognition. Into his mind
  • came a strange echo of that ancestral fancy, that fancy of a Stone Age
  • savage, dead and scattered bones among the drift two hundred thousand
  • years ago.
  • ‘Ye auld thing,’ he said--and his eyes were shining, and he made a kind
  • of grabbing gesture with his hand; ‘ye auld red thing.... We’ll have ye
  • YET.’
  • CHAPTER THE FIRST
  • THE NEW SOURCE OF ENERGY
  • Section 1
  • The problem which was already being mooted by such scientific men as
  • Ramsay, Rutherford, and Soddy, in the very beginning of the twentieth
  • century, the problem of inducing radio-activity in the heavier elements
  • and so tapping the internal energy of atoms, was solved by a wonderful
  • combination of induction, intuition, and luck by Holsten so soon as
  • the year 1933. From the first detection of radio-activity to its first
  • subjugation to human purpose measured little more than a quarter of
  • a century. For twenty years after that, indeed, minor difficulties
  • prevented any striking practical application of his success, but the
  • essential thing was done, this new boundary in the march of human
  • progress was crossed, in that year. He set up atomic disintegration in a
  • minute particle of bismuth; it exploded with great violence into a heavy
  • gas of extreme radio-activity, which disintegrated in its turn in the
  • course of seven days, and it was only after another year’s work that he
  • was able to show practically that the last result of this rapid release
  • of energy was gold. But the thing was done--at the cost of a blistered
  • chest and an injured finger, and from the moment when the invisible
  • speck of bismuth flashed into riving and rending energy, Holsten knew
  • that he had opened a way for mankind, however narrow and dark it might
  • still be, to worlds of limitless power. He recorded as much in the
  • strange diary biography he left the world, a diary that was up to that
  • particular moment a mass of speculations and calculations, and which
  • suddenly became for a space an amazingly minute and human record of
  • sensations and emotions that all humanity might understand.
  • He gives, in broken phrases and often single words, it is true, but none
  • the less vividly for that, a record of the twenty-four hours following
  • the demonstration of the correctness of his intricate tracery of
  • computations and guesses. ‘I thought I should not sleep,’ he writes--the
  • words he omitted are supplied in brackets--(on account of) ‘pain in
  • (the) hand and chest and (the) wonder of what I had done.... Slept like
  • a child.’
  • He felt strange and disconcerted the next morning; he had nothing to do,
  • he was living alone in apartments in Bloomsbury, and he decided to go
  • up to Hampstead Heath, which he had known when he was a little boy as a
  • breezy playground. He went up by the underground tube that was then
  • the recognised means of travel from one part of London to another, and
  • walked up Heath Street from the tube station to the open heath. He
  • found it a gully of planks and scaffoldings between the hoardings of
  • house-wreckers. The spirit of the times had seized upon that narrow,
  • steep, and winding thoroughfare, and was in the act of making it
  • commodious and interesting, according to the remarkable ideals of
  • Neo-Georgian aestheticism. Such is the illogical quality of humanity
  • that Holsten, fresh from work that was like a petard under the seat
  • of current civilisation, saw these changes with regret. He had come up
  • Heath Street perhaps a thousand times, had known the windows of all the
  • little shops, spent hours in the vanished cinematograph theatre, and
  • marvelled at the high-flung early Georgian houses upon the westward
  • bank of that old gully of a thoroughfare; he felt strange with all these
  • familiar things gone. He escaped at last with a feeling of relief from
  • this choked alley of trenches and holes and cranes, and emerged upon the
  • old familiar scene about the White Stone Pond. That, at least, was very
  • much as it used to be.
  • There were still the fine old red-brick houses to left and right of
  • him; the reservoir had been improved by a portico of marble, the
  • white-fronted inn with the clustering flowers above its portico still
  • stood out at the angle of the ways, and the blue view to Harrow Hill
  • and Harrow spire, a view of hills and trees and shining waters and
  • wind-driven cloud shadows, was like the opening of a great window to
  • the ascending Londoner. All that was very reassuring. There was the same
  • strolling crowd, the same perpetual miracle of motors dodging through
  • it harmlessly, escaping headlong into the country from the Sabbatical
  • stuffiness behind and below them. There was a band still, a women’s
  • suffrage meeting--for the suffrage women had won their way back to the
  • tolerance, a trifle derisive, of the populace again--socialist orators,
  • politicians, a band, and the same wild uproar of dogs, frantic with the
  • gladness of their one blessed weekly release from the back yard and
  • the chain. And away along the road to the Spaniards strolled a vast
  • multitude, saying, as ever, that the view of London was exceptionally
  • clear that day.
  • Young Holsten’s face was white. He walked with that uneasy affectation
  • of ease that marks an overstrained nervous system and an under-exercised
  • body. He hesitated at the White Stone Pond whether to go to the left of
  • it or the right, and again at the fork of the roads. He kept shifting
  • his stick in his hand, and every now and then he would get in the way of
  • people on the footpath or be jostled by them because of the uncertainty
  • of his movements. He felt, he confesses, ‘inadequate to ordinary
  • existence.’ He seemed to himself to be something inhuman and
  • mischievous. All the people about him looked fairly prosperous, fairly
  • happy, fairly well adapted to the lives they had to lead--a week of work
  • and a Sunday of best clothes and mild promenading--and he had launched
  • something that would disorganise the entire fabric that held their
  • contentments and ambitions and satisfactions together. ‘Felt like an
  • imbecile who has presented a box full of loaded revolvers to a Creche,’
  • he notes.
  • He met a man named Lawson, an old school-fellow, of whom history now
  • knows only that he was red-faced and had a terrier. He and Holsten
  • walked together and Holsten was sufficiently pale and jumpy for Lawson
  • to tell him he overworked and needed a holiday. They sat down at a
  • little table outside the County Council house of Golders Hill Park and
  • sent one of the waiters to the Bull and Bush for a couple of bottles of
  • beer, no doubt at Lawson’s suggestion. The beer warmed Holsten’s rather
  • dehumanised system. He began to tell Lawson as clearly as he could to
  • what his great discovery amounted. Lawson feigned attention, but indeed
  • he had neither the knowledge nor the imagination to understand. ‘In
  • the end, before many years are out, this must eventually change war,
  • transit, lighting, building, and every sort of manufacture, even
  • agriculture, every material human concern----’
  • Then Holsten stopped short. Lawson had leapt to his feet. ‘Damn that
  • dog!’ cried Lawson. ‘Look at it now. Hi! Here! Phewoo--phewoo phewoo!
  • Come HERE, Bobs! Come HERE!’
  • The young scientific man, with his bandaged hand, sat at the green
  • table, too tired to convey the wonder of the thing he had sought so
  • long, his friend whistled and bawled for his dog, and the Sunday people
  • drifted about them through the spring sunshine. For a moment or so
  • Holsten stared at Lawson in astonishment, for he had been too intent
  • upon what he had been saying to realise how little Lawson had attended.
  • Then he remarked, ‘WELL!’ and smiled faintly, and--finished the tankard
  • of beer before him.
  • Lawson sat down again. ‘One must look after one’s dog,’ he said, with a
  • note of apology. ‘What was it you were telling me?’
  • Section 2
  • In the evening Holsten went out again. He walked to Saint Paul’s
  • Cathedral, and stood for a time near the door listening to the evening
  • service. The candles upon the altar reminded him in some odd way of the
  • fireflies at Fiesole. Then he walked back through the evening lights to
  • Westminster. He was oppressed, he was indeed scared, by his sense of the
  • immense consequences of his discovery. He had a vague idea that night
  • that he ought not to publish his results, that they were premature, that
  • some secret association of wise men should take care of his work and
  • hand it on from generation to generation until the world was riper for
  • its practical application. He felt that nobody in all the thousands of
  • people he passed had really awakened to the fact of change, they trusted
  • the world for what it was, not to alter too rapidly, to respect their
  • trusts, their assurances, their habits, their little accustomed traffics
  • and hard-won positions.
  • He went into those little gardens beneath the over-hanging, brightly-lit
  • masses of the Savoy Hotel and the Hotel Cecil. He sat down on a seat and
  • became aware of the talk of the two people next to him. It was the
  • talk of a young couple evidently on the eve of marriage. The man was
  • congratulating himself on having regular employment at last; ‘they like
  • me,’ he said, ‘and I like the job. If I work up--in’r dozen years or
  • so I ought to be gettin’ somethin’ pretty comfortable. That’s the plain
  • sense of it, Hetty. There ain’t no reason whatsoever why we shouldn’t
  • get along very decently--very decently indeed.’
  • The desire for little successes amidst conditions securely fixed! So it
  • struck upon Holsten’s mind. He added in his diary, ‘I had a sense of all
  • this globe as that....’
  • By that phrase he meant a kind of clairvoyant vision of this populated
  • world as a whole, of all its cities and towns and villages, its high
  • roads and the inns beside them, its gardens and farms and upland
  • pastures, its boatmen and sailors, its ships coming along the great
  • circles of the ocean, its time-tables and appointments and payments and
  • dues as it were one unified and progressive spectacle. Sometimes such
  • visions came to him; his mind, accustomed to great generalisations and
  • yet acutely sensitive to detail, saw things far more comprehensively
  • than the minds of most of his contemporaries. Usually the teeming sphere
  • moved on to its predestined ends and circled with a stately swiftness
  • on its path about the sun. Usually it was all a living progress that
  • altered under his regard. But now fatigue a little deadened him to that
  • incessancy of life, it seemed now just an eternal circling. He lapsed
  • to the commoner persuasion of the great fixities and recurrencies of the
  • human routine. The remoter past of wandering savagery, the inevitable
  • changes of to-morrow were veiled, and he saw only day and night,
  • seed-time and harvest, loving and begetting, births and deaths, walks
  • in the summer sunlight and tales by the winter fireside, the ancient
  • sequence of hope and acts and age perennially renewed, eddying on for
  • ever and ever, save that now the impious hand of research was raised to
  • overthrow this drowsy, gently humming, habitual, sunlit spinning-top of
  • man’s existence....
  • For a time he forgot wars and crimes and hates and persecutions, famine
  • and pestilence, the cruelties of beasts, weariness and the bitter wind,
  • failure and insufficiency and retrocession. He saw all mankind in terms
  • of the humble Sunday couple upon the seat beside him, who schemed their
  • inglorious outlook and improbable contentments. ‘I had a sense of all
  • this globe as that.’
  • His intelligence struggled against this mood and struggled for a time
  • in vain. He reassured himself against the invasion of this disconcerting
  • idea that he was something strange and inhuman, a loose wanderer
  • from the flock returning with evil gifts from his sustained unnatural
  • excursions amidst the darknesses and phosphorescences beneath the
  • fair surfaces of life. Man had not been always thus; the instincts and
  • desires of the little home, the little plot, was not all his nature;
  • also he was an adventurer, an experimenter, an unresting curiosity, an
  • insatiable desire. For a few thousand generations indeed he had tilled
  • the earth and followed the seasons, saying his prayers, grinding his
  • corn and trampling the October winepress, yet not for so long but that
  • he was still full of restless stirrings.
  • ‘If there have been home and routine and the field,’ thought Holsten,
  • ‘there have also been wonder and the sea.’
  • He turned his head and looked up over the back of the seat at the great
  • hotels above him, full of softly shaded lights and the glow and colour
  • and stir of feasting. Might his gift to mankind mean simply more of
  • that? . . .
  • He got up and walked out of the garden, surveyed a passing tram-car,
  • laden with warm light, against the deep blues of evening, dripping and
  • trailing long skirts of shining reflection; he crossed the Embankment
  • and stood for a time watching the dark river and turning ever and again
  • to the lit buildings and bridges. His mind began to scheme conceivable
  • replacements of all those clustering arrangements....
  • ‘It has begun,’ he writes in the diary in which these things are
  • recorded. ‘It is not for me to reach out to consequences I cannot
  • foresee. I am a part, not a whole; I am a little instrument in the
  • armoury of Change. If I were to burn all these papers, before a score of
  • years had passed, some other man would be doing this. . .
  • Section 3
  • Holsten, before he died, was destined to see atomic energy dominating
  • every other source of power, but for some years yet a vast network of
  • difficulties in detail and application kept the new discovery from any
  • effective invasion of ordinary life. The path from the laboratory to the
  • workshop is sometimes a tortuous one; electro-magnetic radiations
  • were known and demonstrated for twenty years before Marconi made them
  • practically available, and in the same way it was twenty years before
  • induced radio-activity could be brought to practical utilisation. The
  • thing, of course, was discussed very much, more perhaps at the time of
  • its discovery than during the interval of technical adaptation, but with
  • very little realisation of the huge economic revolution that impended.
  • What chiefly impressed the journalists of 1933 was the production of
  • gold from bismuth and the realisation albeit upon unprofitable lines of
  • the alchemist’s dreams; there was a considerable amount of discussion
  • and expectation in that more intelligent section of the educated
  • publics of the various civilised countries which followed scientific
  • development; but for the most part the world went about its business--as
  • the inhabitants of those Swiss villages which live under the perpetual
  • threat of overhanging rocks and mountains go about their business--just
  • as though the possible was impossible, as though the inevitable was
  • postponed for ever because it was delayed.
  • It was in 1953 that the first Holsten-Roberts engine brought induced
  • radio-activity into the sphere of industrial production, and its first
  • general use was to replace the steam-engine in electrical generating
  • stations. Hard upon the appearance of this came the Dass-Tata
  • engine--the invention of two among the brilliant galaxy of Bengali
  • inventors the modernisation of Indian thought was producing at this
  • time--which was used chiefly for automobiles, aeroplanes, waterplanes,
  • and such-like, mobile purposes. The American Kemp engine, differing
  • widely in principle but equally practicable, and the Krupp-Erlanger
  • came hard upon the heels of this, and by the autumn of 1954 a gigantic
  • replacement of industrial methods and machinery was in progress all
  • about the habitable globe. Small wonder was this when the cost, even of
  • these earliest and clumsiest of atomic engines, is compared with that
  • of the power they superseded. Allowing for lubrication the Dass-Tata
  • engine, once it was started cost a penny to run thirty-seven miles,
  • and added only nine and quarter pounds to the weight of the carriage
  • it drove. It made the heavy alcohol-driven automobile of the time
  • ridiculous in appearance as well as preposterously costly. For
  • many years the price of coal and every form of liquid fuel had been
  • clambering to levels that made even the revival of the draft horse seem
  • a practicable possibility, and now with the abrupt relaxation of this
  • stringency, the change in appearance of the traffic upon the world’s
  • roads was instantaneous. In three years the frightful armoured monsters
  • that had hooted and smoked and thundered about the world for four awful
  • decades were swept away to the dealers in old metal, and the highways
  • thronged with light and clean and shimmering shapes of silvered steel.
  • At the same time a new impetus was given to aviation by the relatively
  • enormous power for weight of the atomic engine, it was at last possible
  • to add Redmayne’s ingenious helicopter ascent and descent engine to the
  • vertical propeller that had hitherto been the sole driving force of the
  • aeroplane without overweighting the machine, and men found themselves
  • possessed of an instrument of flight that could hover or ascend or
  • descend vertically and gently as well as rush wildly through the air.
  • The last dread of flying vanished. As the journalists of the time
  • phrased it, this was the epoch of the Leap into the Air. The new atomic
  • aeroplane became indeed a mania; every one of means was frantic to
  • possess a thing so controllable, so secure and so free from the dust and
  • danger of the road, and in France alone in the year 1943 thirty thousand
  • of these new aeroplanes were manufactured and licensed, and soared
  • humming softly into the sky.
  • And with an equal speed atomic engines of various types invaded
  • industrialism. The railways paid enormous premiums for priority in the
  • delivery of atomic traction engines, atomic smelting was embarked
  • upon so eagerly as to lead to a number of disastrous explosions due
  • to inexperienced handling of the new power, and the revolutionary
  • cheapening of both materials and electricity made the entire
  • reconstruction of domestic buildings a matter merely dependent upon a
  • reorganisation of the methods of the builder and the house-furnisher.
  • Viewed from the side of the new power and from the point of view of
  • those who financed and manufactured the new engines and material
  • it required the age of the Leap into the Air was one of astonishing
  • prosperity. Patent-holding companies were presently paying dividends
  • of five or six hundred per cent. and enormous fortunes were made
  • and fantastic wages earned by all who were concerned in the new
  • developments. This prosperity was not a little enhanced by the fact that
  • in both the Dass-Tata and Holsten-Roberts engines one of the recoverable
  • waste products was gold--the former disintegrated dust of bismuth and
  • the latter dust of lead--and that this new supply of gold led quite
  • naturally to a rise in prices throughout the world.
  • This spectacle of feverish enterprise was productivity, this crowding
  • flight of happy and fortunate rich people--every great city was as if
  • a crawling ant-hill had suddenly taken wing--was the bright side of the
  • opening phase of the new epoch in human history. Beneath that brightness
  • was a gathering darkness, a deepening dismay. If there was a vast
  • development of production there was also a huge destruction of values.
  • These glaring factories working night and day, these glittering
  • new vehicles swinging noiselessly along the roads, these flights of
  • dragon-flies that swooped and soared and circled in the air, were indeed
  • no more than the brightnesses of lamps and fires that gleam out when the
  • world sinks towards twilight and the night. Between these high lights
  • accumulated disaster, social catastrophe. The coal mines were manifestly
  • doomed to closure at no very distant date, the vast amount of capital
  • invested in oil was becoming unsaleable, millions of coal miners, steel
  • workers upon the old lines, vast swarms of unskilled or under-skilled
  • labourers in innumerable occupations, were being flung out of employment
  • by the superior efficiency of the new machinery, the rapid fall in
  • the cost of transit was destroying high land values at every centre
  • of population, the value of existing house property had become
  • problematical, gold was undergoing headlong depreciation, all the
  • securities upon which the credit of the world rested were slipping
  • and sliding, banks were tottering, the stock exchanges were scenes of
  • feverish panic;--this was the reverse of the spectacle, these were the
  • black and monstrous under-consequences of the Leap into the Air.
  • There is a story of a demented London stockbroker running out into
  • Threadneedle Street and tearing off his clothes as he ran. ‘The Steel
  • Trust is scrapping the whole of its plant,’ he shouted. ‘The State
  • Railways are going to scrap all their engines. Everything’s going to
  • be scrapped--everything. Come and scrap the mint, you fellows, come and
  • scrap the mint!’
  • In the year 1955 the suicide rate for the United States of America
  • quadrupled any previous record. There was an enormous increase also
  • in violent crime throughout the world. The thing had come upon an
  • unprepared humanity; it seemed as though human society was to be smashed
  • by its own magnificent gains.
  • For there had been no foresight of these things. There had been no
  • attempt anywhere even to compute the probable dislocations this flood
  • of inexpensive energy would produce in human affairs. The world in these
  • days was not really governed at all, in the sense in which government
  • came to be understood in subsequent years. Government was a treaty,
  • not a design; it was forensic, conservative, disputatious, unseeing,
  • unthinking, uncreative; throughout the world, except where the vestiges
  • of absolutism still sheltered the court favourite and the trusted
  • servant, it was in the hands of the predominant caste of lawyers,
  • who had an enormous advantage in being the only trained caste. Their
  • professional education and every circumstance in the manipulation of the
  • fantastically naive electoral methods by which they clambered to
  • power, conspired to keep them contemptuous of facts, conscientiously
  • unimaginative, alert to claim and seize advantages and suspicious of
  • every generosity. Government was an obstructive business of energetic
  • fractions, progress went on outside of and in spite of public
  • activities, and legislation was the last crippling recognition of needs
  • so clamorous and imperative and facts so aggressively established as
  • to invade even the dingy seclusions of the judges and threaten the very
  • existence of the otherwise inattentive political machine.
  • The world was so little governed that with the very coming of plenty, in
  • the full tide of an incalculable abundance, when everything necessary
  • to satisfy human needs and everything necessary to realise such will
  • and purpose as existed then in human hearts was already at hand, one
  • has still to tell of hardship, famine, anger, confusion, conflict, and
  • incoherent suffering. There was no scheme for the distribution of this
  • vast new wealth that had come at last within the reach of men; there
  • was no clear conception that any such distribution was possible. As one
  • attempts a comprehensive view of those opening years of the new age,
  • as one measures it against the latent achievement that later years have
  • demonstrated, one begins to measure the blindness, the narrowness, the
  • insensate unimaginative individualism of the pre-atomic time. Under this
  • tremendous dawn of power and freedom, under a sky ablaze with promise,
  • in the very presence of science standing like some bountiful goddess
  • over all the squat darknesses of human life, holding patiently in
  • her strong arms, until men chose to take them, security, plenty, the
  • solution of riddles, the key of the bravest adventures, in her very
  • presence, and with the earnest of her gifts in court, the world was to
  • witness such things as the squalid spectacle of the Dass-Tata patent
  • litigation.
  • There in a stuffy court in London, a grimy oblong box of a room, during
  • the exceptional heat of the May of 1956, the leading counsel of the day
  • argued and shouted over a miserable little matter of more royalties
  • or less and whether the Dass-Tata company might not bar the
  • Holsten-Roberts’ methods of utilising the new power. The Dass-Tata
  • people were indeed making a strenuous attempt to secure a world monopoly
  • in atomic engineering. The judge, after the manner of those times, sat
  • raised above the court, wearing a preposterous gown and a foolish huge
  • wig, the counsel also wore dirty-looking little wigs and queer black
  • gowns over their usual costume, wigs and gowns that were held to be
  • necessary to their pleading, and upon unclean wooden benches stirred and
  • whispered artful-looking solicitors, busily scribbling reporters, the
  • parties to the case, expert witnesses, interested people, and a jostling
  • confusion of subpoenaed persons, briefless young barristers (forming a
  • style on the most esteemed and truculent examples) and casual eccentric
  • spectators who preferred this pit of iniquity to the free sunlight
  • outside. Every one was damply hot, the examining King’s Counsel wiped
  • the perspiration from his huge, clean-shaven upper lip; and into this
  • atmosphere of grasping contention and human exhalations the daylight
  • filtered through a window that was manifestly dirty. The jury sat in a
  • double pew to the left of the judge, looking as uncomfortable as frogs
  • that have fallen into an ash-pit, and in the witness-box lied the
  • would-be omnivorous Dass, under cross-examination....
  • Holsten had always been accustomed to publish his results so soon as
  • they appeared to him to be sufficiently advanced to furnish a basis for
  • further work, and to that confiding disposition and one happy flash of
  • adaptive invention the alert Dass owed his claim....
  • But indeed a vast multitude of such sharp people were clutching,
  • patenting, pre-empting, monopolising this or that feature of the
  • new development, seeking to subdue this gigantic winged power to the
  • purposes of their little lusts and avarice. That trial is just one of
  • innumerable disputes of the same kind. For a time the face of the world
  • festered with patent legislation. It chanced, however, to have one oddly
  • dramatic feature in the fact that Holsten, after being kept waiting
  • about the court for two days as a beggar might have waited at a rich
  • man’s door, after being bullied by ushers and watched by policemen, was
  • called as a witness, rather severely handled by counsel, and told not to
  • ‘quibble’ by the judge when he was trying to be absolutely explicit.
  • The judge scratched his nose with a quill pen, and sneered at Holsten’s
  • astonishment round the corner of his monstrous wig. Holsten was a great
  • man, was he? Well, in a law-court great men were put in their places.
  • ‘We want to know has the plaintiff added anything to this or hasn’t he?’
  • said the judge, ‘we don’t want to have your views whether Sir Philip
  • Dass’s improvements were merely superficial adaptations or whether
  • they were implicit in your paper. No doubt--after the manner of
  • inventors--you think most things that were ever likely to be discovered
  • are implicit in your papers. No doubt also you think too that most
  • subsequent additions and modifications are merely superficial. Inventors
  • have a way of thinking that. The law isn’t concerned with that sort of
  • thing. The law has nothing to do with the vanity of inventors. The law
  • is concerned with the question whether these patent rights have the
  • novelty the plantiff claims for them. What that admission may or may not
  • stop, and all these other things you are saying in your overflowing zeal
  • to answer more than the questions addressed to you--none of these things
  • have anything whatever to do with the case in hand. It is a matter of
  • constant astonishment to me in this court to see how you scientific men,
  • with all your extraordinary claims to precision and veracity, wander
  • and wander so soon as you get into the witness-box. I know no more
  • unsatisfactory class of witness. The plain and simple question is, has
  • Sir Philip Dass made any real addition to existing knowledge and methods
  • in this matter or has he not? We don’t want to know whether they were
  • large or small additions nor what the consequences of your admission may
  • be. That you will leave to us.’
  • Holsten was silent.
  • ‘Surely?’ said the judge, almost pityingly.
  • ‘No, he hasn’t,’ said Holsten, perceiving that for once in his life he
  • must disregard infinitesimals.
  • ‘Ah!’ said the judge, ‘now why couldn’t you say that when counsel put
  • the question? . . .’
  • An entry in Holsten’s diary-autobiography, dated five days later, runs:
  • ‘Still amazed. The law is the most dangerous thing in this country. It
  • is hundreds of years old. It hasn’t an idea. The oldest of old bottles
  • and this new wine, the most explosive wine. Something will overtake
  • them.’
  • Section 4
  • There was a certain truth in Holsten’s assertion that the law was
  • ‘hundreds of years old.’ It was, in relation to current thought and
  • widely accepted ideas, an archaic thing. While almost all the material
  • and methods of life had been changing rapidly and were now changing
  • still more rapidly, the law-courts and the legislatures of the world
  • were struggling desperately to meet modern demands with devices and
  • procedures, conceptions of rights and property and authority and
  • obligation that dated from the rude compromises of relatively barbaric
  • times. The horse-hair wigs and antic dresses of the British judges,
  • their musty courts and overbearing manners, were indeed only the outward
  • and visible intimations of profounder anachronisms. The legal and
  • political organisation of the earth in the middle twentieth century was
  • indeed everywhere like a complicated garment, outworn yet strong, that
  • now fettered the governing body that once it had protected.
  • Yet that same spirit of free-thinking and outspoken publication that in
  • the field of natural science had been the beginning of the conquest
  • of nature, was at work throughout all the eighteenth and nineteenth
  • centuries preparing the spirit of the new world within the degenerating
  • body of the old. The idea of a greater subordination of individual
  • interests and established institutions to the collective future, is
  • traceable more and more clearly in the literature of those times,
  • and movement after movement fretted itself away in criticism of and
  • opposition to first this aspect and then that of the legal, social, and
  • political order. Already in the early nineteenth century Shelley, with
  • no scrap of alternative, is denouncing the established rulers of the
  • world as Anarchs, and the entire system of ideas and suggestions that
  • was known as Socialism, and more particularly its international side,
  • feeble as it was in creative proposals or any method of transition,
  • still witnesses to the growth of a conception of a modernised system
  • of inter-relationships that should supplant the existing tangle of
  • proprietary legal ideas.
  • The word ‘Sociology’ was invented by Herbert Spencer, a popular writer
  • upon philosophical subjects, who flourished about the middle of
  • the nineteenth century, but the idea of a state, planned as an
  • electric-traction system is planned, without reference to pre-existing
  • apparatus, upon scientific lines, did not take a very strong hold upon
  • the popular imagination of the world until the twentieth century. Then,
  • the growing impatience of the American people with the monstrous and
  • socially paralysing party systems that had sprung out of their absurd
  • electoral arrangements, led to the appearance of what came to be called
  • the ‘Modern State’ movement, and a galaxy of brilliant writers, in
  • America, Europe, and the East, stirred up the world to the thought
  • of bolder rearrangements of social interaction, property, employment,
  • education, and government, than had ever been contemplated before. No
  • doubt these Modern State ideas were very largely the reflection upon
  • social and political thought of the vast revolution in material things
  • that had been in progress for two hundred years, but for a long time
  • they seemed to be having no more influence upon existing institutions
  • than the writings of Rousseau and Voltaire seemed to have had at the
  • time of the death of the latter. They were fermenting in men’s minds,
  • and it needed only just such social and political stresses as the coming
  • of the atomic mechanisms brought about, to thrust them forward abruptly
  • into crude and startling realisation.
  • Section 5
  • Frederick Barnet’s Wander Jahre is one of those autobiographical
  • novels that were popular throughout the third and fourth decades of the
  • twentieth century. It was published in 1970, and one must understand
  • Wander Jahre rather in a spiritual and intellectual than in a literal
  • sense. It is indeed an allusive title, carrying the world back to the
  • Wilhelm Meister of Goethe, a century and a half earlier.
  • Its author, Frederick Barnet, gives a minute and curious history of his
  • life and ideas between his nineteenth and his twenty-third birthdays. He
  • was neither a very original nor a very brilliant man, but he had a
  • trick of circumstantial writing; and though no authentic portrait was
  • to survive for the information of posterity, he betrays by a score of
  • casual phrases that he was short, sturdy, inclined to be plump, with a
  • ‘rather blobby’ face, and full, rather projecting blue eyes. He belonged
  • until the financial debacle of 1956 to the class of fairly prosperous
  • people, he was a student in London, he aeroplaned to Italy and then had
  • a pedestrian tour from Genoa to Rome, crossed in the air to Greece and
  • Egypt, and came back over the Balkans and Germany. His family fortunes,
  • which were largely invested in bank shares, coal mines, and house
  • property, were destroyed. Reduced to penury, he sought to earn a living.
  • He suffered great hardship, and was then caught up by the war and had a
  • year of soldiering, first as an officer in the English infantry and then
  • in the army of pacification. His book tells all these things so simply
  • and at the same time so explicitly, that it remains, as it were, an eye
  • by which future generations may have at least one man’s vision of the
  • years of the Great Change.
  • And he was, he tells us, a ‘Modern State’ man ‘by instinct’ from
  • the beginning. He breathed in these ideas in the class rooms and
  • laboratories of the Carnegie Foundation school that rose, a long and
  • delicately beautiful facade, along the South Bank of the Thames opposite
  • the ancient dignity of Somerset House. Such thought was interwoven with
  • the very fabric of that pioneer school in the educational renascence in
  • England. After the customary exchange years in Heidelberg and Paris, he
  • went into the classical school of London University. The older so-called
  • ‘classical’ education of the British pedagogues, probably the most
  • paralysing, ineffective, and foolish routine that ever wasted human
  • life, had already been swept out of this great institution in favour of
  • modern methods; and he learnt Greek and Latin as well as he had learnt
  • German, Spanish, and French, so that he wrote and spoke them freely,
  • and used them with an unconscious ease in his study of the foundation
  • civilisations of the European system to which they were the key. (This
  • change was still so recent that he mentions an encounter in Rome with
  • an ‘Oxford don’ who ‘spoke Latin with a Wiltshire accent and manifest
  • discomfort, wrote Greek letters with his tongue out, and seemed to think
  • a Greek sentence a charm when it was a quotation and an impropriety when
  • it wasn’t.’)
  • Barnet saw the last days of the coal-steam engines upon the English
  • railways and the gradual cleansing of the London atmosphere as the
  • smoke-creating sea-coal fires gave place to electric heating. The
  • building of laboratories at Kensington was still in progress, and he
  • took part in the students’ riots that delayed the removal of the Albert
  • Memorial. He carried a banner with ‘We like Funny Statuary’ on one side,
  • and on the other ‘Seats and Canopies for Statues, Why should our Great
  • Departed Stand in the Rain?’ He learnt the rather athletic aviation of
  • those days at the University grounds at Sydenham, and he was fined for
  • flying over the new prison for political libellers at Wormwood Scrubs,
  • ‘in a manner calculated to exhilarate the prisoners while at exercise.’
  • That was the time of the attempted suppression of any criticism of the
  • public judicature and the place was crowded with journalists who had
  • ventured to call attention to the dementia of Chief Justice Abrahams.
  • Barnet was not a very good aviator, he confesses he was always a little
  • afraid of his machine--there was excellent reason for every one to
  • be afraid of those clumsy early types--and he never attempted steep
  • descents or very high flying. He also, he records, owned one of those
  • oil-driven motor-bicycles whose clumsy complexity and extravagant
  • filthiness still astonish the visitors to the museum of machinery at
  • South Kensington. He mentions running over a dog and complains of the
  • ruinous price of ‘spatchcocks’ in Surrey. ‘Spatchcocks,’ it seems, was a
  • slang term for crushed hens.
  • He passed the examinations necessary to reduce his military service to
  • a minimum, and his want of any special scientific or technical
  • qualification and a certain precocious corpulence that handicapped his
  • aviation indicated the infantry of the line as his sphere of training.
  • That was the most generalised form of soldiering. The development of
  • the theory of war had been for some decades but little assisted by any
  • practical experience. What fighting had occurred in recent years, had
  • been fighting in minor or uncivilised states, with peasant or barbaric
  • soldiers and with but a small equipment of modern contrivances, and the
  • great powers of the world were content for the most part to maintain
  • armies that sustained in their broader organisation the traditions
  • of the European wars of thirty and forty years before. There was the
  • infantry arm to which Barnet belonged and which was supposed to fight
  • on foot with a rifle and be the main portion of the army. There were
  • cavalry forces (horse soldiers), having a ratio to the infantry that
  • had been determined by the experiences of the Franco-German war in 1871.
  • There was also artillery, and for some unexplained reason much of this
  • was still drawn by horses; though there were also in all the European
  • armies a small number of motor-guns with wheels so constructed that they
  • could go over broken ground. In addition there were large developments
  • of the engineering arm, concerned with motor transport, motor-bicycle
  • scouting, aviation, and the like.
  • No first-class intelligence had been sought to specialise in and work
  • out the problem of warfare with the new appliances and under modern
  • conditions, but a succession of able jurists, Lord Haldane, Chief
  • Justice Briggs, and that very able King’s Counsel, Philbrick, had
  • reconstructed the army frequently and thoroughly and placed it at last,
  • with the adoption of national service, upon a footing that would have
  • seemed very imposing to the public of 1900. At any moment the British
  • Empire could now put a million and a quarter of arguable soldiers upon
  • the board of Welt-Politik. The traditions of Japan and the Central
  • European armies were more princely and less forensic; the Chinese still
  • refused resolutely to become a military power, and maintained a small
  • standing army upon the American model that was said, so far as it
  • went, to be highly efficient, and Russia, secured by a stringent
  • administration against internal criticism, had scarcely altered the
  • design of a uniform or the organisation of a battery since the opening
  • decades of the century. Barnet’s opinion of his military training was
  • manifestly a poor one, his Modern State ideas disposed him to regard it
  • as a bore, and his common sense condemned it as useless. Moreover,
  • his habit of body made him peculiarly sensitive to the fatigues and
  • hardships of service.
  • ‘For three days in succession we turned out before dawn and--for no
  • earthly reason--without breakfast,’ he relates. ‘I suppose that is
  • to show us that when the Day comes the first thing will be to get us
  • thoroughly uncomfortable and rotten. We then proceeded to Kriegspiel,
  • according to the mysterious ideas of those in authority over us. On
  • the last day we spent three hours under a hot if early sun getting
  • over eight miles of country to a point we could have reached in a motor
  • omnibus in nine minutes and a half--I did it the next day in that--and
  • then we made a massed attack upon entrenchments that could have shot us
  • all about three times over if only the umpires had let them. Then came a
  • little bayonet exercise, but I doubt if I am sufficiently a barbarian
  • to stick this long knife into anything living. Anyhow in this battle I
  • shouldn’t have had a chance. Assuming that by some miracle I hadn’t been
  • shot three times over, I was far too hot and blown when I got up to the
  • entrenchments even to lift my beastly rifle. It was those others would
  • have begun the sticking....
  • ‘For a time we were watched by two hostile aeroplanes; then our own
  • came up and asked them not to, and--the practice of aerial warfare still
  • being unknown--they very politely desisted and went away and did dives
  • and circles of the most charming description over the Fox Hills.’
  • All Barnet’s accounts of his military training were written in the same
  • half-contemptuous, half-protesting tone. He was of opinion that his
  • chances of participating in any real warfare were very slight, and
  • that, if after all he should participate, it was bound to be so entirely
  • different from these peace manoeuvres that his only course as a rational
  • man would be to keep as observantly out of danger as he could until he
  • had learnt the tricks and possibilities of the new conditions. He states
  • this quite frankly. Never was a man more free from sham heroics.
  • Section 6
  • Barnet welcomed the appearance of the atomic engine with the zest of
  • masculine youth in all fresh machinery, and it is evident that for some
  • time he failed to connect the rush of wonderful new possibilities with
  • the financial troubles of his family. ‘I knew my father was worried,’ he
  • admits. That cast the smallest of shadows upon his delighted departure
  • for Italy and Greece and Egypt with three congenial companions in one of
  • the new atomic models. They flew over the Channel Isles and Touraine,
  • he mentions, and circled about Mont Blanc--‘These new helicopters, we
  • found,’ he notes, ‘had abolished all the danger and strain of sudden
  • drops to which the old-time aeroplanes were liable’--and then he went on
  • by way of Pisa, Paestum, Ghirgenti, and Athens, to visit the pyramids
  • by moonlight, flying thither from Cairo, and to follow the Nile up
  • to Khartum. Even by later standards, it must have been a very gleeful
  • holiday for a young man, and it made the tragedy of his next experiences
  • all the darker. A week after his return his father, who was a widower,
  • announced himself ruined, and committed suicide by means of an
  • unscheduled opiate.
  • At one blow Barnet found himself flung out of the possessing, spending,
  • enjoying class to which he belonged, penniless and with no calling by
  • which he could earn a living. He tried teaching and some journalism, but
  • in a little while he found himself on the underside of a world in which
  • he had always reckoned to live in the sunshine. For innumerable men such
  • an experience has meant mental and spiritual destruction, but Barnet, in
  • spite of his bodily gravitation towards comfort, showed himself when put
  • to the test, of the more valiant modern quality. He was saturated with
  • the creative stoicism of the heroic times that were already dawning,
  • and he took his difficulties and discomforts stoutly as his appointed
  • material, and turned them to expression.
  • Indeed, in his book, he thanks fortune for them. ‘I might have lived and
  • died,’ he says, ‘in that neat fool’s paradise of secure lavishness above
  • there. I might never have realised the gathering wrath and sorrow of the
  • ousted and exasperated masses. In the days of my own prosperity things
  • had seemed to me to be very well arranged.’ Now from his new point of
  • view he was to find they were not arranged at all; that government was
  • a compromise of aggressions and powers and lassitudes, and law a
  • convention between interests, and that the poor and the weak, though
  • they had many negligent masters, had few friends.
  • ‘I had thought things were looked after,’ he wrote. ‘It was with a kind
  • of amazement that I tramped the roads and starved--and found that no one
  • in particular cared.’
  • He was turned out of his lodging in a backward part of London.
  • ‘It was with difficulty I persuaded my landlady--she was a needy widow,
  • poor soul, and I was already in her debt--to keep an old box for me in
  • which I had locked a few letters, keepsakes, and the like. She lived in
  • great fear of the Public Health and Morality Inspectors, because she
  • was sometimes too poor to pay the customary tip to them, but at last she
  • consented to put it in a dark tiled place under the stairs, and then
  • I went forth into the world--to seek first the luck of a meal and then
  • shelter.’
  • He wandered down into the thronging gayer parts of London, in which a
  • year or so ago he had been numbered among the spenders.
  • London, under the Visible Smoke Law, by which any production of visible
  • smoke with or without excuse was punishable by a fine, had already
  • ceased to be the sombre smoke-darkened city of the Victorian time; it
  • had been, and indeed was, constantly being rebuilt, and its main
  • streets were already beginning to take on those characteristics that
  • distinguished them throughout the latter half of the twentieth century.
  • The insanitary horse and the plebeian bicycle had been banished from the
  • roadway, which was now of a resilient, glass-like surface, spotlessly
  • clean; and the foot passenger was restricted to a narrow vestige of the
  • ancient footpath on either side of the track and forbidden at the risk
  • of a fine, if he survived, to cross the roadway. People descended from
  • their automobiles upon this pavement and went through the lower shops to
  • the lifts and stairs to the new ways for pedestrians, the Rows, that
  • ran along the front of the houses at the level of the first story,
  • and, being joined by frequent bridges, gave the newer parts of London a
  • curiously Venetian appearance. In some streets there were upper and even
  • third-story Rows. For most of the day and all night the shop windows
  • were lit by electric light, and many establishments had made, as it
  • were, canals of public footpaths through their premises in order to
  • increase their window space.
  • Barnet made his way along this night-scene rather apprehensively since
  • the police had power to challenge and demand the Labour Card of any
  • indigent-looking person, and if the record failed to show he was in
  • employment, dismiss him to the traffic pavement below.
  • But there was still enough of his former gentility about Barnet’s
  • appearance and bearing to protect him from this; the police, too, had
  • other things to think of that night, and he was permitted to reach the
  • galleries about Leicester Square--that great focus of London life and
  • pleasure.
  • He gives a vivid description of the scene that evening. In the centre
  • was a garden raised on arches lit by festoons of lights and connected
  • with the Rows by eight graceful bridges, beneath which hummed the
  • interlacing streams of motor traffic, pulsating as the current
  • alternated between east and west and north and south. Above rose great
  • frontages of intricate rather than beautiful reinforced porcelain,
  • studded with lights, barred by bold illuminated advertisements, and
  • glowing with reflections. There were the two historical music halls of
  • this place, the Shakespeare Memorial Theatre, in which the municipal
  • players revolved perpetually through the cycle of Shakespeare’s plays,
  • and four other great houses of refreshment and entertainment whose
  • pinnacles streamed up into the blue obscurity of the night. The south
  • side of the square was in dark contrast to the others; it was still
  • being rebuilt, and a lattice of steel bars surmounted by the frozen
  • gestures of monstrous cranes rose over the excavated sites of vanished
  • Victorian buildings.
  • This framework attracted Barnet’s attention for a time to the exclusion
  • of other interests. It was absolutely still, it had a dead rigidity, a
  • stricken inaction, no one was at work upon it and all its machinery was
  • quiet; but the constructor’s globes of vacuum light filled its every
  • interstice with a quivering green moonshine and showed alert but
  • motionless--soldier sentinels!
  • He asked a passing stroller, and was told that the men had struck that
  • day against the use of an atomic riveter that would have doubled the
  • individual efficiency and halved the number of steel workers.
  • ‘Shouldn’t wonder if they didn’t get chucking bombs,’ said Barnet’s
  • informant, hovered for a moment, and then went on his way to the
  • Alhambra music hall.
  • Barnet became aware of an excitement in the newspaper kiosks at the
  • corners of the square. Something very sensational had been flashed upon
  • the transparencies. Forgetting for a moment his penniless condition, he
  • made his way over a bridge to buy a paper, for in those days the papers,
  • which were printed upon thin sheets of metallic foil, were sold at
  • determinate points by specially licensed purveyors. Half over, he
  • stopped short at a change in the traffic below; and was astonished
  • to see that the police signals were restricting vehicles to the half
  • roadway. When presently he got within sight of the transparencies that
  • had replaced the placards of Victorian times, he read of the Great March
  • of the Unemployed that was already in progress through the West End, and
  • so without expenditure he was able to understand what was coming.
  • He watched, and his book describes this procession which the police
  • had considered it unwise to prevent and which had been spontaneously
  • organised in imitation of the Unemployed Processions of earlier times.
  • He had expected a mob but there was a kind of sullen discipline about
  • the procession when at last it arrived. What seemed for a time
  • an unending column of men marched wearily, marched with a kind of
  • implacable futility, along the roadway underneath him. He was, he says,
  • moved to join them, but instead he remained watching. They were a dingy,
  • shabby, ineffective-looking multitude, for the most part incapable of
  • any but obsolete and superseded types of labour. They bore a few banners
  • with the time-honoured inscription: ‘Work, not Charity,’ but otherwise
  • their ranks were unadorned.
  • They were not singing, they were not even talking, there was nothing
  • truculent nor aggressive in their bearing, they had no definite
  • objective they were just marching and showing themselves in the more
  • prosperous parts of London. They were a sample of that great mass of
  • unskilled cheap labour which the now still cheaper mechanical powers had
  • superseded for evermore. They were being ‘scrapped’--as horses had been
  • ‘scrapped.’
  • Barnet leant over the parapet watching them, his mind quickened by
  • his own precarious condition. For a time, he says, he felt nothing but
  • despair at the sight; what should be done, what could be done for this
  • gathering surplus of humanity? They were so manifestly useless--and
  • incapable--and pitiful.
  • What were they asking for?
  • They had been overtaken by unexpected things. Nobody had foreseen----
  • It flashed suddenly into his mind just what the multitudinous shambling
  • enigma below meant. It was an appeal against the unexpected, an appeal
  • to those others who, more fortunate, seemed wiser and more powerful,
  • for something--for INTELLIGENCE. This mute mass, weary footed, rank
  • following rank, protested its persuasion that some of these others
  • must have foreseen these dislocations--that anyhow they ought to have
  • foreseen--and arranged.
  • That was what this crowd of wreckage was feeling and seeking so dumbly
  • to assert.
  • ‘Things came to me like the turning on of a light in a darkened room,’
  • he says. ‘These men were praying to their fellow creatures as once they
  • prayed to God! The last thing that men will realise about anything is
  • that it is inanimate. They had transferred their animation to mankind.
  • They still believed there was intelligence somewhere, even if it
  • was careless or malignant.... It had only to be aroused to be
  • conscience-stricken, to be moved to exertion.... And I saw, too, that
  • as yet THERE WAS NO SUCH INTELLIGENCE. The world waits for intelligence.
  • That intelligence has still to be made, that will for good and order has
  • still to be gathered together, out of scraps of impulse and wandering
  • seeds of benevolence and whatever is fine and creative in our souls,
  • into a common purpose. It’s something still to come....’
  • It is characteristic of the widening thought of the time that this not
  • very heroical young man who, in any previous age, might well have been
  • altogether occupied with the problem of his own individual necessities,
  • should be able to stand there and generalise about the needs of the
  • race.
  • But upon all the stresses and conflicts of that chaotic time there
  • was already dawning the light of a new era. The spirit of humanity was
  • escaping, even then it was escaping, from its extreme imprisonment in
  • individuals. Salvation from the bitter intensities of self, which had
  • been a conscious religious end for thousands of years, which men had
  • sought in mortifications, in the wilderness, in meditation, and by
  • innumerable strange paths, was coming at last with the effect of
  • naturalness into the talk of men, into the books they read, into their
  • unconscious gestures, into their newspapers and daily purposes and
  • everyday acts. The broad horizons, the magic possibilities that the
  • spirit of the seeker had revealed to them, were charming them out of
  • those ancient and instinctive preoccupations from which the very threat
  • of hell and torment had failed to drive them. And this young man,
  • homeless and without provision even for the immediate hours, in the
  • presence of social disorganisation, distress, and perplexity, in a
  • blazing wilderness of thoughtless pleasure that blotted out the stars,
  • could think as he tells us he thought.
  • ‘I saw life plain,’ he wrote. ‘I saw the gigantic task before us, and
  • the very splendour of its intricate and immeasurable difficulty filled
  • me with exaltation. I saw that we have still to discover government,
  • that we have still to discover education, which is the necessary
  • reciprocal of government, and that all this--in which my own little
  • speck of a life was so manifestly overwhelmed--this and its yesterday
  • in Greece and Rome and Egypt were nothing, the mere first dust swirls
  • of the beginning, the movements and dim murmurings of a sleeper who will
  • presently be awake....’
  • Section 7
  • And then the story tells, with an engaging simplicity, of his descent
  • from this ecstatic vision of reality.
  • ‘Presently I found myself again, and I was beginning to feel cold and a
  • little hungry.’
  • He bethought himself of the John Burns Relief Offices which stood upon
  • the Thames Embankment. He made his way through the galleries of the
  • booksellers and the National Gallery, which had been open continuously
  • day and night to all decently dressed people now for more than twelve
  • years, and across the rose-gardens of Trafalgar Square, and so by the
  • hotel colonnade to the Embankment. He had long known of these admirable
  • offices, which had swept the last beggars and matchsellers and all the
  • casual indigent from the London streets, and he believed that he would,
  • as a matter of course, be able to procure a ticket for food and a
  • night’s lodgings and some indication of possible employment.
  • But he had not reckoned upon the new labour troubles, and when he got to
  • the Embankment he found the offices hopelessly congested and besieged by
  • a large and rather unruly crowd. He hovered for a time on the outskirts
  • of the waiting multitude, perplexed and dismayed, and then he became
  • aware of a movement, a purposive trickling away of people, up through
  • the arches of the great buildings that had arisen when all the railway
  • stations were removed to the south side of the river, and so to the
  • covered ways of the Strand. And here, in the open glare of midnight,
  • he found unemployed men begging, and not only begging, but begging with
  • astonishing assurance, from the people who were emerging from the small
  • theatres and other such places of entertainment which abounded in that
  • thoroughfare.
  • This was an altogether unexampled thing. There had been no begging in
  • London streets for a quarter of a century. But that night the police
  • were evidently unwilling or unable to cope with the destitute who were
  • invading those well-kept quarters of the town. They had become stonily
  • blind to anything but manifest disorder.
  • Barnet walked through the crowd, unable to bring himself to ask; indeed
  • his bearing must have been more valiant than his circumstances, for
  • twice he says that he was begged from. Near the Trafalgar Square
  • gardens, a girl with reddened cheeks and blackened eyebrows, who was
  • walking alone, spoke to him with a peculiar friendliness.
  • ‘I’m starving,’ he said to her abruptly.
  • ‘Oh! poor dear!’ she said; and with the impulsive generosity of her
  • kind, glanced round and slipped a silver piece into his hand....
  • It was a gift that, in spite of the precedent of De Quincey, might under
  • the repressive social legislation of those times, have brought Barnet
  • within reach of the prison lash. But he took it, he confesses, and
  • thanked her as well as he was able, and went off very gladly to get
  • food.
  • Section 8
  • A day or so later--and again his freedom to go as he pleased upon the
  • roads may be taken as a mark of increasing social disorganisation and
  • police embarrassment--he wandered out into the open country. He speaks
  • of the roads of that plutocratic age as being ‘fenced with barbed wire
  • against unpropertied people,’ of the high-walled gardens and trespass
  • warnings that kept him to the dusty narrowness of the public ways. In
  • the air, happy rich people were flying, heedless of the misfortunes
  • about them, as he himself had been flying two years ago, and along
  • the road swept the new traffic, light and swift and wonderful. One was
  • rarely out of earshot of its whistles and gongs and siren cries even
  • in the field paths or over the open downs. The officials of the labour
  • exchanges were everywhere overworked and infuriated, the casual wards
  • were so crowded that the surplus wanderers slept in ranks under sheds
  • or in the open air, and since giving to wayfarers had been made a
  • punishable offence there was no longer friendship or help for a man from
  • the rare foot passenger or the wayside cottage....
  • ‘I wasn’t angry,’ said Barnet. ‘I saw an immense selfishness, a
  • monstrous disregard for anything but pleasure and possession in all
  • those people above us, but I saw how inevitable that was, how certainly
  • if the richest had changed places with the poorest, that things would
  • have been the same. What else can happen when men use science and every
  • new thing that science gives, and all their available intelligence and
  • energy to manufacture wealth and appliances, and leave government and
  • education to the rustling traditions of hundreds of years ago? Those
  • traditions come from the dark ages when there was really not enough
  • for every one, when life was a fierce struggle that might be masked
  • but could not be escaped. Of course this famine grabbing, this fierce
  • dispossession of others, must follow from such a disharmony between
  • material and training. Of course the rich were vulgar and the poor grew
  • savage and every added power that came to men made the rich richer and
  • the poor less necessary and less free. The men I met in the casual
  • wards and the relief offices were all smouldering for revolt, talking
  • of justice and injustice and revenge. I saw no hope in that talk, nor in
  • anything but patience....’
  • But he did not mean a passive patience. He meant that the method
  • of social reconstruction was still a riddle, that no effectual
  • rearrangement was possible until this riddle in all its tangled aspects
  • was solved. ‘I tried to talk to those discontented men,’ he wrote,
  • ‘but it was hard for them to see things as I saw them. When I talked of
  • patience and the larger scheme, they answered, “But then we shall all be
  • dead”--and I could not make them see, what is so simple to my own mind,
  • that that did not affect the question. Men who think in lifetimes are of
  • no use to statesmanship.’
  • He does not seem to have seen a newspaper during those wanderings, and
  • a chance sight of the transparency of a kiosk in the market-place at
  • Bishop’s Stortford announcing a ‘Grave International Situation’ did
  • not excite him very much. There had been so many grave international
  • situations in recent years.
  • This time it was talk of the Central European powers suddenly attacking
  • the Slav Confederacy, with France and England going to the help of the
  • Slavs.
  • But the next night he found a tolerable meal awaiting the vagrants
  • in the casual ward, and learnt from the workhouse master that all
  • serviceable trained men were to be sent back on the morrow to their
  • mobilisation centres. The country was on the eve of war. He was to go
  • back through London to Surrey. His first feeling, he records, was one of
  • extreme relief that his days of ‘hopeless battering at the underside
  • of civilisation’ were at an end. Here was something definite to do,
  • something definitely provided for. But his relief was greatly modified
  • when he found that the mobilisation arrangements had been made
  • so hastily and carelessly that for nearly thirty-six hours at the
  • improvised depot at Epsom he got nothing either to eat or to drink but
  • a cup of cold water. The depot was absolutely unprovisioned, and no one
  • was free to leave it.
  • CHAPTER THE SECOND
  • THE LAST WAR
  • Section 1
  • Viewed from the standpoint of a sane and ambitious social order, it is
  • difficult to understand, and it would be tedious to follow, the motives
  • that plunged mankind into the war that fills the histories of the middle
  • decades of the twentieth century.
  • It must always be remembered that the political structure of the world
  • at that time was everywhere extraordinarily behind the collective
  • intelligence. That is the central fact of that history. For two hundred
  • years there had been no great changes in political or legal methods and
  • pretensions, the utmost change had been a certain shifting of boundaries
  • and slight readjustment of procedure, while in nearly every other aspect
  • of life there had been fundamental revolutions, gigantic releases, and
  • an enormous enlargement of scope and outlook. The absurdities of courts
  • and the indignities of representative parliamentary government, coupled
  • with the opening of vast fields of opportunity in other directions, had
  • withdrawn the best intelligences more and more from public affairs.
  • The ostensible governments of the world in the twentieth century were
  • following in the wake of the ostensible religions. They were ceasing to
  • command the services of any but second-rate men. After the middle of
  • the eighteenth century there are no more great ecclesiastics upon the
  • world’s memory, after the opening of the twentieth no more statesmen.
  • Everywhere one finds an energetic, ambitious, short-sighted,
  • common-place type in the seats of authority, blind to the new
  • possibilities and litigiously reliant upon the traditions of the past.
  • Perhaps the most dangerous of those outworn traditions were the
  • boundaries of the various ‘sovereign states,’ and the conception of a
  • general predominance in human affairs on the part of some one particular
  • state. The memory of the empires of Rome and Alexander squatted, an
  • unlaid carnivorous ghost, in the human imagination--it bored into the
  • human brain like some grisly parasite and filled it with disordered
  • thoughts and violent impulses. For more than a century the French
  • system exhausted its vitality in belligerent convulsions, and then the
  • infection passed to the German-speaking peoples who were the heart and
  • centre of Europe, and from them onward to the Slavs. Later ages were
  • to store and neglect the vast insane literature of this obsession, the
  • intricate treaties, the secret agreements, the infinite knowingness of
  • the political writer, the cunning refusals to accept plain facts, the
  • strategic devices, the tactical manoeuvres, the records of mobilisations
  • and counter-mobilisations. It ceased to be credible almost as soon as
  • it ceased to happen, but in the very dawn of the new age their state
  • craftsmen sat with their historical candles burning, and, in spite
  • of strange, new reflections and unfamiliar lights and shadows, still
  • wrangling and planning to rearrange the maps of Europe and the world.
  • It was to become a matter for subtle inquiry how far the millions of men
  • and women outside the world of these specialists sympathised and agreed
  • with their portentous activities. One school of psychologists inclined
  • to minimise this participation, but the balance of evidence goes to
  • show that there were massive responses to these suggestions of the
  • belligerent schemer. Primitive man had been a fiercely combative animal;
  • innumerable generations had passed their lives in tribal warfare, and
  • the weight of tradition, the example of history, the ideals of
  • loyalty and devotion fell in easily enough with the incitements of the
  • international mischief-maker. The political ideas of the common man were
  • picked up haphazard, there was practically nothing in such education as
  • he was given that was ever intended to fit him for citizenship as such
  • (that conception only appeared, indeed, with the development of Modern
  • State ideas), and it was therefore a comparatively easy matter to fill
  • his vacant mind with the sounds and fury of exasperated suspicion and
  • national aggression.
  • For example, Barnet describes the London crowd as noisily patriotic when
  • presently his battalion came up from the depot to London, to entrain for
  • the French frontier. He tells of children and women and lads and old men
  • cheering and shouting, of the streets and rows hung with the flags of
  • the Allied Powers, of a real enthusiasm even among the destitute and
  • unemployed. The Labour Bureaux were now partially transformed into
  • enrolment offices, and were centres of hotly patriotic excitement.
  • At every convenient place upon the line on either side of the Channel
  • Tunnel there were enthusiastic spectators, and the feeling in the
  • regiment, if a little stiffened and darkened by grim anticipations, was
  • none the less warlike.
  • But all this emotion was the fickle emotion of minds without established
  • ideas; it was with most of them, Barnet says, as it was with himself,
  • a natural response to collective movement, and to martial sounds and
  • colours, and the exhilarating challenge of vague dangers. And people had
  • been so long oppressed by the threat of and preparation for war that its
  • arrival came with an effect of positive relief.
  • Section 2
  • The plan of campaign of the Allies assigned the defence of the lower
  • Meuse to the English, and the troop-trains were run direct from the
  • various British depots to the points in the Ardennes where they were
  • intended to entrench themselves.
  • Most of the documents bearing upon the campaign were destroyed during
  • the war, from the first the scheme of the Allies seems to have been
  • confused, but it is highly probable that the formation of an aerial
  • park in this region, from which attacks could be made upon the vast
  • industrial plant of the lower Rhine, and a flanking raid through Holland
  • upon the German naval establishments at the mouth of the Elbe, were
  • integral parts of the original project. Nothing of this was known to
  • such pawns in the game as Barnet and his company, whose business it
  • was to do what they were told by the mysterious intelligences at the
  • direction of things in Paris, to which city the Whitehall staff had
  • also been transferred. From first to last these directing intelligences
  • remained mysterious to the body of the army, veiled under the name of
  • ‘Orders.’ There was no Napoleon, no Caesar to embody enthusiasm. Barnet
  • says, ‘We talked of Them. THEY are sending us up into Luxembourg. THEY
  • are going to turn the Central European right.’
  • Behind the veil of this vagueness the little group of more or less
  • worthy men which constituted Headquarters was beginning to realise the
  • enormity of the thing it was supposed to control....
  • In the great hall of the War Control, whose windows looked out across
  • the Seine to the Trocadero and the palaces of the western quarter, a
  • series of big-scale relief maps were laid out upon tables to display
  • the whole seat of war, and the staff-officers of the control were
  • continually busy shifting the little blocks which represented the
  • contending troops, as the reports and intelligence came drifting in to
  • the various telegraphic bureaux in the adjacent rooms. In other smaller
  • apartments there were maps of a less detailed sort, upon which, for
  • example, the reports of the British Admiralty and of the Slav commanders
  • were recorded as they kept coming to hand. Upon these maps, as upon
  • chessboards, Marshal Dubois, in consultation with General Viard and the
  • Earl of Delhi, was to play the great game for world supremacy against
  • the Central European powers. Very probably he had a definite idea of his
  • game; very probably he had a coherent and admirable plan.
  • But he had reckoned without a proper estimate either of the new strategy
  • of aviation or of the possibilities of atomic energy that Holsten had
  • opened for mankind. While he planned entrenchments and invasions and a
  • frontier war, the Central European generalship was striking at the
  • eyes and the brain. And while, with a certain diffident hesitation, he
  • developed his gambit that night upon the lines laid down by Napoleon
  • and Moltke, his own scientific corps in a state of mutinous activity was
  • preparing a blow for Berlin. ‘These old fools!’ was the key in which the
  • scientific corps was thinking.
  • The War Control in Paris, on the night of July the second, was
  • an impressive display of the paraphernalia of scientific military
  • organisation, as the first half of the twentieth century understood it.
  • To one human being at least the consulting commanders had the likeness
  • of world-wielding gods.
  • She was a skilled typist, capable of nearly sixty words a minute, and
  • she had been engaged in relay with other similar women to take down
  • orders in duplicate and hand them over to the junior officers in
  • attendance, to be forwarded and filed. There had come a lull, and she
  • had been sent out from the dictating room to take the air upon the
  • terrace before the great hall and to eat such scanty refreshment as she
  • had brought with her until her services were required again.
  • From her position upon the terrace this young woman had a view not only
  • of the wide sweep of the river below her, and all the eastward side of
  • Paris from the Arc de Triomphe to Saint Cloud, great blocks and masses
  • of black or pale darkness with pink and golden flashes of illumination
  • and endless interlacing bands of dotted lights under a still and
  • starless sky, but also the whole spacious interior of the great hall
  • with its slender pillars and gracious arching and clustering lamps was
  • visible to her. There, over a wilderness of tables, lay the huge maps,
  • done on so large a scale that one might fancy them small countries; the
  • messengers and attendants went and came perpetually, altering, moving
  • the little pieces that signified hundreds and thousands of men, and the
  • great commander and his two consultants stood amidst all these things
  • and near where the fighting was nearest, scheming, directing. They had
  • but to breathe a word and presently away there, in the world of reality,
  • the punctual myriads moved. Men rose up and went forward and died. The
  • fate of nations lay behind the eyes of these three men. Indeed they were
  • like gods.
  • Most godlike of the three was Dubois. It was for him to decide; the
  • others at most might suggest. Her woman’s soul went out to this grave,
  • handsome, still, old man, in a passion of instinctive worship.
  • Once she had taken words of instruction from him direct. She had awaited
  • them in an ecstasy of happiness--and fear. For her exaltation was made
  • terrible by the dread that some error might dishonour her....
  • She watched him now through the glass with all the unpenetrating
  • minuteness of an impassioned woman’s observation.
  • He said little, she remarked. He looked but little at the maps. The
  • tall Englishman beside him was manifestly troubled by a swarm of ideas,
  • conflicting ideas; he craned his neck at every shifting of the little
  • red, blue, black, and yellow pieces on the board, and wanted to draw the
  • commander’s attention to this and that. Dubois listened, nodded, emitted
  • a word and became still again, brooding like the national eagle.
  • His eyes were so deeply sunken under his white eyebrows that she could
  • not see his eyes; his moustache overhung the mouth from which those
  • words of decision came. Viard, too, said little; he was a dark man with
  • a drooping head and melancholy, watchful eyes. He was more intent upon
  • the French right, which was feeling its way now through Alsace to the
  • Rhine. He was, she knew, an old colleague of Dubois; he knew him better,
  • she decided, he trusted him more than this unfamiliar Englishman....
  • Not to talk, to remain impassive and as far as possible in profile;
  • these were the lessons that old Dubois had mastered years ago. To
  • seem to know all, to betray no surprise, to refuse to hurry--itself a
  • confession of miscalculation; by attention to these simple rules,
  • Dubois had built up a steady reputation from the days when he had been
  • a promising junior officer, a still, almost abstracted young man,
  • deliberate but ready. Even then men had looked at him and said: ‘He
  • will go far.’ Through fifty years of peace he had never once been found
  • wanting, and at manoeuvres his impassive persistence had perplexed and
  • hypnotised and defeated many a more actively intelligent man. Deep in
  • his soul Dubois had hidden his one profound discovery about the modern
  • art of warfare, the key to his career. And this discovery was that
  • NOBODY KNEW, that to act therefore was to blunder, that to talk was to
  • confess; and that the man who acted slowly and steadfastly and above all
  • silently, had the best chance of winning through. Meanwhile one fed
  • the men. Now by this same strategy he hoped to shatter those mysterious
  • unknowns of the Central European command. Delhi might talk of a great
  • flank march through Holland, with all the British submarines and
  • hydroplanes and torpedo craft pouring up the Rhine in support of it;
  • Viard might crave for brilliance with the motor bicycles, aeroplanes,
  • and ski-men among the Swiss mountains, and a sudden swoop upon
  • Vienna; the thing was to listen--and wait for the other side to begin
  • experimenting. It was all experimenting. And meanwhile he remained in
  • profile, with an air of assurance--like a man who sits in an automobile
  • after the chauffeur has had his directions.
  • And every one about him was the stronger and surer for that quiet face,
  • that air of knowledge and unruffled confidence. The clustering lights
  • threw a score of shadows of him upon the maps, great bunches of him,
  • versions of a commanding presence, lighter or darker, dominated the
  • field, and pointed in every direction. Those shadows symbolised his
  • control. When a messenger came from the wireless room to shift this or
  • that piece in the game, to replace under amended reports one Central
  • European regiment by a score, to draw back or thrust out or distribute
  • this or that force of the Allies, the Marshal would turn his head and
  • seem not to see, or look and nod slightly, as a master nods who approves
  • a pupil’s self-correction. ‘Yes, that’s better.’
  • How wonderful he was, thought the woman at the window, how wonderful it
  • all was. This was the brain of the western world, this was Olympus with
  • the warring earth at its feet. And he was guiding France, France so long
  • a resentful exile from imperialism, back to her old predominance.
  • It seemed to her beyond the desert of a woman that she should be
  • privileged to participate....
  • It is hard to be a woman, full of the stormy impulse to personal
  • devotion, and to have to be impersonal, abstract, exact, punctual. She
  • must control herself....
  • She gave herself up to fantastic dreams, dreams of the days when the war
  • would be over and victory enthroned. Then perhaps this harshness,
  • this armour would be put aside and the gods might unbend. Her eyelids
  • drooped....
  • She roused herself with a start. She became aware that the night outside
  • was no longer still. That there was an excitement down below on the
  • bridge and a running in the street and a flickering of searchlights
  • among the clouds from some high place away beyond the Trocadero. And
  • then the excitement came surging up past her and invaded the hall
  • within.
  • One of the sentinels from the terrace stood at the upper end of the
  • room, gesticulating and shouting something.
  • And all the world had changed. A kind of throbbing. She couldn’t
  • understand. It was as if all the water-pipes and concealed machinery and
  • cables of the ways beneath, were beating--as pulses beat. And about her
  • blew something like a wind--a wind that was dismay.
  • Her eyes went to the face of the Marshal as a frightened child might
  • look towards its mother.
  • He was still serene. He was frowning slightly, she thought, but that
  • was natural enough, for the Earl of Delhi, with one hand gauntly
  • gesticulating, had taken him by the arm and was all too manifestly
  • disposed to drag him towards the great door that opened on the terrace.
  • And Viard was hurrying towards the huge windows and doing so in the
  • strangest of attitudes, bent forward and with eyes upturned.
  • Something up there?
  • And then it was as if thunder broke overhead.
  • The sound struck her like a blow. She crouched together against the
  • masonry and looked up. She saw three black shapes swooping down through
  • the torn clouds, and from a point a little below two of them, there had
  • already started curling trails of red....
  • Everything else in her being was paralysed, she hung through moments
  • that seemed infinities, watching those red missiles whirl down towards
  • her.
  • She felt torn out of the world. There was nothing else in the world but
  • a crimson-purple glare and sound, deafening, all-embracing, continuing
  • sound. Every other light had gone out about her and against this glare
  • hung slanting walls, pirouetting pillars, projecting fragments of
  • cornices, and a disorderly flight of huge angular sheets of glass. She
  • had an impression of a great ball of crimson-purple fire like a maddened
  • living thing that seemed to be whirling about very rapidly amidst
  • a chaos of falling masonry, that seemed to be attacking the earth
  • furiously, that seemed to be burrowing into it like a blazing rabbit....
  • She had all the sensations of waking up out of a dream.
  • She found she was lying face downward on a bank of mould and that a
  • little rivulet of hot water was running over one foot. She tried to
  • raise herself and found her leg was very painful. She was not clear
  • whether it was night or day nor where she was; she made a second effort,
  • wincing and groaning, and turned over and got into a sitting position
  • and looked about her.
  • Everything seemed very silent. She was, in fact, in the midst of a
  • vast uproar, but she did not realise this because her hearing had been
  • destroyed.
  • At first she could not join on what she saw to any previous experience.
  • She seemed to be in a strange world, a soundless, ruinous world, a
  • world of heaped broken things. And it was lit--and somehow this was more
  • familiar to her mind than any other fact about her--by a flickering,
  • purplish-crimson light. Then close to her, rising above a confusion of
  • debris, she recognised the Trocadero; it was changed, something had
  • gone from it, but its outline was unmistakable. It stood out against a
  • streaming, whirling uprush of red-lit steam. And with that she recalled
  • Paris and the Seine and the warm, overcast evening and the beautiful,
  • luminous organisation of the War Control....
  • She drew herself a little way up the slope of earth on which she lay,
  • and examined her surroundings with an increasing understanding....
  • The earth on which she was lying projected like a cape into the river.
  • Quite close to her was a brimming lake of dammed-up water, from which
  • these warm rivulets and torrents were trickling. Wisps of vapour came
  • into circling existence a foot or so from its mirror-surface. Near
  • at hand and reflected exactly in the water was the upper part of a
  • familiar-looking stone pillar. On the side of her away from the water
  • the heaped ruins rose steeply in a confused slope up to a glaring crest.
  • Above and reflecting this glare towered pillowed masses of steam rolling
  • swiftly upward to the zenith. It was from this crest that the livid glow
  • that lit the world about her proceeded, and slowly her mind connected
  • this mound with the vanished buildings of the War Control.
  • ‘Mais!’ she whispered, and remained with staring eyes quite motionless
  • for a time, crouching close to the warm earth.
  • Then presently this dim, broken human thing began to look about it
  • again. She began to feel the need of fellowship. She wanted to question,
  • wanted to speak, wanted to relate her experience. And her foot hurt her
  • atrociously. There ought to be an ambulance. A little gust of querulous
  • criticisms blew across her mind. This surely was a disaster! Always
  • after a disaster there should be ambulances and helpers moving about....
  • She craned her head. There was something there. But everything was so
  • still!
  • ‘Monsieur!’ she cried. Her ears, she noted, felt queer, and she began to
  • suspect that all was not well with them.
  • It was terribly lonely in this chaotic strangeness, and perhaps this
  • man--if it was a man, for it was difficult to see--might for all his
  • stillness be merely insensible. He might have been stunned....
  • The leaping glare beyond sent a ray into his corner and for a moment
  • every little detail was distinct. It was Marshal Dubois. He was lying
  • against a huge slab of the war map. To it there stuck and from it there
  • dangled little wooden objects, the symbols of infantry and cavalry and
  • guns, as they were disposed upon the frontier. He did not seem to
  • be aware of this at his back, he had an effect of inattention, not
  • indifferent attention, but as if he were thinking....
  • She could not see the eyes beneath his shaggy brows, but it was evident
  • he frowned. He frowned slightly, he had an air of not wanting to be
  • disturbed. His face still bore that expression of assured confidence,
  • that conviction that if things were left to him France might obey in
  • security....
  • She did not cry out to him again, but she crept a little nearer. A
  • strange surmise made her eyes dilate. With a painful wrench she pulled
  • herself up so that she could see completely over the intervening lumps
  • of smashed-up masonry. Her hand touched something wet, and after one
  • convulsive movement she became rigid.
  • It was not a whole man there; it was a piece of a man, the head and
  • shoulders of a man that trailed down into a ragged darkness and a pool
  • of shining black....
  • And even as she stared the mound above her swayed and crumbled, and a
  • rush of hot water came pouring over her. Then it seemed to her that she
  • was dragged downward....
  • Section 3
  • When the rather brutish young aviator with the bullet head and the black
  • hair close-cropped en brosse, who was in charge of the French special
  • scientific corps, heard presently of this disaster to the War Control,
  • he was so wanting in imagination in any sphere but his own, that he
  • laughed. Small matter to him that Paris was burning. His mother and
  • father and sister lived at Caudebec; and the only sweetheart he had ever
  • had, and it was poor love-making then, was a girl in Rouen. He slapped
  • his second-in-command on the shoulder. ‘Now,’ he said, ‘there’s nothing
  • on earth to stop us going to Berlin and giving them tit-for-tat....
  • Strategy and reasons of state--they’re over.... Come along, my boy, and
  • we’ll just show these old women what we can do when they let us have our
  • heads.’
  • He spent five minutes telephoning and then he went out into the
  • courtyard of the chateau in which he had been installed and shouted
  • for his automobile. Things would have to move quickly because there was
  • scarcely an hour and a half before dawn. He looked at the sky and noted
  • with satisfaction a heavy bank of clouds athwart the pallid east.
  • He was a young man of infinite shrewdness, and his material and
  • aeroplanes were scattered all over the country-side, stuck away
  • in barns, covered with hay, hidden in woods. A hawk could not have
  • discovered any of them without coming within reach of a gun. But that
  • night he only wanted one of the machines, and it was handy and quite
  • prepared under a tarpaulin between two ricks not a couple of miles away;
  • he was going to Berlin with that and just one other man. Two men would
  • be enough for what he meant to do....
  • He had in his hands the black complement to all those other gifts
  • science was urging upon unregenerate mankind, the gift of destruction,
  • and he was an adventurous rather than a sympathetic type....
  • He was a dark young man with something negroid about his gleaming face.
  • He smiled like one who is favoured and anticipates great pleasures.
  • There was an exotic richness, a chuckling flavour, about the voice
  • in which he gave his orders, and he pointed his remarks with the long
  • finger of a hand that was hairy and exceptionally big.
  • ‘We’ll give them tit-for-tat,’ he said. ‘We’ll give them tit-for-tat. No
  • time to lose, boys....’
  • And presently over the cloud-banks that lay above Westphalia and Saxony
  • the swift aeroplane, with its atomic engine as noiseless as a dancing
  • sunbeam and its phosphorescent gyroscopic compass, flew like an arrow to
  • the heart of the Central European hosts.
  • It did not soar very high; it skimmed a few hundred feet above the
  • banked darknesses of cumulus that hid the world, ready to plunge at once
  • into their wet obscurities should some hostile flier range into vision.
  • The tense young steersman divided his attention between the guiding
  • stars above and the level, tumbled surfaces of the vapour strata that
  • hid the world below. Over great spaces those banks lay as even as a
  • frozen lava-flow and almost as still, and then they were rent by ragged
  • areas of translucency, pierced by clear chasms, so that dim patches
  • of the land below gleamed remotely through abysses. Once he saw quite
  • distinctly the plan of a big railway station outlined in lamps and
  • signals, and once the flames of a burning rick showing livid through a
  • boiling drift of smoke on the side of some great hill. But if the world
  • was masked it was alive with sounds. Up through that vapour floor came
  • the deep roar of trains, the whistles of horns of motor-cars, a sound
  • of rifle fire away to the south, and as he drew near his destination the
  • crowing of cocks....
  • The sky above the indistinct horizons of this cloud sea was at first
  • starry and then paler with a light that crept from north to east as the
  • dawn came on. The Milky Way was invisible in the blue, and the lesser
  • stars vanished. The face of the adventurer at the steering-wheel, darkly
  • visible ever and again by the oval greenish glow of the compass face,
  • had something of that firm beauty which all concentrated purpose gives,
  • and something of the happiness of an idiot child that has at last got
  • hold of the matches. His companion, a less imaginative type, sat with
  • his legs spread wide over the long, coffin-shaped box which contained
  • in its compartments the three atomic bombs, the new bombs that would
  • continue to explode indefinitely and which no one so far had ever seen
  • in action. Hitherto Carolinum, their essential substance, had been
  • tested only in almost infinitesimal quantities within steel chambers
  • embedded in lead. Beyond the thought of great destruction slumbering
  • in the black spheres between his legs, and a keen resolve to follow out
  • very exactly the instructions that had been given him, the man’s mind
  • was a blank. His aquiline profile against the starlight expressed
  • nothing but a profound gloom.
  • The sky below grew clearer as the Central European capital was
  • approached.
  • So far they had been singularly lucky and had been challenged by no
  • aeroplanes at all. The frontier scouts they must have passed in the
  • night; probably these were mostly under the clouds; the world was wide
  • and they had had luck in not coming close to any soaring sentinel. Their
  • machine was painted a pale gray, that lay almost invisibly over the
  • cloud levels below. But now the east was flushing with the near ascent
  • of the sun, Berlin was but a score of miles ahead, and the luck of the
  • Frenchmen held. By imperceptible degrees the clouds below dissolved....
  • Away to the north-eastward, in a cloudless pool of gathering light and
  • with all its nocturnal illuminations still blazing, was Berlin. The left
  • finger of the steersman verified roads and open spaces below upon the
  • mica-covered square of map that was fastened by his wheel. There in a
  • series of lake-like expansions was the Havel away to the right; over by
  • those forests must be Spandau; there the river split about the Potsdam
  • island; and right ahead was Charlottenburg cleft by a great thoroughfare
  • that fell like an indicating beam of light straight to the imperial
  • headquarters. There, plain enough, was the Thiergarten; beyond rose
  • the imperial palace, and to the right those tall buildings, those
  • clustering, beflagged, bemasted roofs, must be the offices in which
  • the Central European staff was housed. It was all coldly clear and
  • colourless in the dawn.
  • He looked up suddenly as a humming sound grew out of nothing and became
  • swiftly louder. Nearly overhead a German aeroplane was circling down
  • from an immense height to challenge him. He made a gesture with his left
  • arm to the gloomy man behind and then gripped his little wheel with both
  • hands, crouched over it, and twisted his neck to look upward. He was
  • attentive, tightly strung, but quite contemptuous of their ability to
  • hurt him. No German alive, he was assured, could outfly him, or indeed
  • any one of the best Frenchmen. He imagined they might strike at him as
  • a hawk strikes, but they were men coming down out of the bitter cold up
  • there, in a hungry, spiritless, morning mood; they came slanting down
  • like a sword swung by a lazy man, and not so rapidly but that he was
  • able to slip away from under them and get between them and Berlin. They
  • began challenging him in German with a megaphone when they were still
  • perhaps a mile away. The words came to him, rolled up into a mere blob
  • of hoarse sound. Then, gathering alarm from his grim silence, they gave
  • chase and swept down, a hundred yards above him perhaps, and a couple of
  • hundred behind. They were beginning to understand what he was. He ceased
  • to watch them and concentrated himself on the city ahead, and for a time
  • the two aeroplanes raced....
  • A bullet came tearing through the air by him, as though some one was
  • tearing paper. A second followed. Something tapped the machine.
  • It was time to act. The broad avenues, the park, the palaces below
  • rushed widening out nearer and nearer to them. ‘Ready!’ said the
  • steersman.
  • The gaunt face hardened to grimness, and with both hands the
  • bomb-thrower lifted the big atomic bomb from the box and steadied it
  • against the side. It was a black sphere two feet in diameter. Between
  • its handles was a little celluloid stud, and to this he bent his head
  • until his lips touched it. Then he had to bite in order to let the air
  • in upon the inducive. Sure of its accessibility, he craned his neck over
  • the side of the aeroplane and judged his pace and distance. Then very
  • quickly he bent forward, bit the stud, and hoisted the bomb over the
  • side.
  • ‘Round,’ he whispered inaudibly.
  • The bomb flashed blinding scarlet in mid-air, and fell, a descending
  • column of blaze eddying spirally in the midst of a whirlwind. Both the
  • aeroplanes were tossed like shuttlecocks, hurled high and sideways and
  • the steersman, with gleaming eyes and set teeth, fought in great banking
  • curves for a balance. The gaunt man clung tight with hand and knees; his
  • nostrils dilated, his teeth biting his lips. He was firmly strapped....
  • When he could look down again it was like looking down upon the crater
  • of a small volcano. In the open garden before the Imperial castle a
  • shuddering star of evil splendour spurted and poured up smoke and flame
  • towards them like an accusation. They were too high to distinguish
  • people clearly, or mark the bomb’s effect upon the building until
  • suddenly the facade tottered and crumbled before the flare as sugar
  • dissolves in water. The man stared for a moment, showed all his long
  • teeth, and then staggered into the cramped standing position his straps
  • permitted, hoisted out and bit another bomb, and sent it down after its
  • fellow.
  • The explosion came this time more directly underneath the aeroplane
  • and shot it upward edgeways. The bomb box tipped to the point of
  • disgorgement, and the bomb-thrower was pitched forward upon the third
  • bomb with his face close to its celluloid stud. He clutched its handles,
  • and with a sudden gust of determination that the thing should not escape
  • him, bit its stud. Before he could hurl it over, the monoplane was
  • slipping sideways. Everything was falling sideways. Instinctively he
  • gave himself up to gripping, his body holding the bomb in its place.
  • Then that bomb had exploded also, and steersman, thrower, and aeroplane
  • were just flying rags and splinters of metal and drops of moisture in
  • the air, and a third column of fire rushed eddying down upon the doomed
  • buildings below....
  • Section 4
  • Never before in the history of warfare had there been a continuing
  • explosive; indeed, up to the middle of the twentieth century the only
  • explosives known were combustibles whose explosiveness was due entirely
  • to their instantaneousness; and these atomic bombs which science burst
  • upon the world that night were strange even to the men who used them.
  • Those used by the Allies were lumps of pure Carolinum, painted on the
  • outside with unoxidised cydonator inducive enclosed hermetically in a
  • case of membranium. A little celluloid stud between the handles by which
  • the bomb was lifted was arranged so as to be easily torn off and
  • admit air to the inducive, which at once became active and set up
  • radio-activity in the outer layer of the Carolinum sphere. This
  • liberated fresh inducive, and so in a few minutes the whole bomb was a
  • blazing continual explosion. The Central European bombs were the same,
  • except that they were larger and had a more complicated arrangement for
  • animating the inducive.
  • Always before in the development of warfare the shells and rockets fired
  • had been but momentarily explosive, they had gone off in an instant once
  • for all, and if there was nothing living or valuable within reach of the
  • concussion and the flying fragments then they were spent and over.
  • But Carolinum, which belonged to the beta group of Hyslop’s so-called
  • ‘suspended degenerator’ elements, once its degenerative process had
  • been induced, continued a furious radiation of energy and nothing could
  • arrest it. Of all Hyslop’s artificial elements, Carolinum was the most
  • heavily stored with energy and the most dangerous to make and handle. To
  • this day it remains the most potent degenerator known. What the earlier
  • twentieth-century chemists called its half period was seventeen days;
  • that is to say, it poured out half of the huge store of energy in its
  • great molecules in the space of seventeen days, the next seventeen days’
  • emission was a half of that first period’s outpouring, and so on. As
  • with all radio-active substances this Carolinum, though every seventeen
  • days its power is halved, though constantly it diminishes towards
  • the imperceptible, is never entirely exhausted, and to this day the
  • battle-fields and bomb fields of that frantic time in human history are
  • sprinkled with radiant matter, and so centres of inconvenient rays.
  • What happened when the celluloid stud was opened was that the inducive
  • oxidised and became active. Then the surface of the Carolinum began to
  • degenerate. This degeneration passed only slowly into the substance of
  • the bomb. A moment or so after its explosion began it was still mainly
  • an inert sphere exploding superficially, a big, inanimate nucleus
  • wrapped in flame and thunder. Those that were thrown from aeroplanes
  • fell in this state, they reached the ground still mainly solid, and,
  • melting soil and rock in their progress, bored into the earth. There, as
  • more and more of the Carolinum became active, the bomb spread itself out
  • into a monstrous cavern of fiery energy at the base of what became very
  • speedily a miniature active volcano. The Carolinum, unable to disperse,
  • freely drove into and mixed up with a boiling confusion of molten
  • soil and superheated steam, and so remained spinning furiously and
  • maintaining an eruption that lasted for years or months or weeks
  • according to the size of the bomb employed and the chances of its
  • dispersal. Once launched, the bomb was absolutely unapproachable and
  • uncontrollable until its forces were nearly exhausted, and from the
  • crater that burst open above it, puffs of heavy incandescent vapour and
  • fragments of viciously punitive rock and mud, saturated with Carolinum,
  • and each a centre of scorching and blistering energy, were flung high
  • and far.
  • Such was the crowning triumph of military science, the ultimate
  • explosive that was to give the ‘decisive touch’ to war....
  • Section 5
  • A recent historical writer has described the world of that time as one
  • that ‘believed in established words and was invincibly blind to the
  • obvious in things.’ Certainly it seems now that nothing could have been
  • more obvious to the people of the earlier twentieth century than the
  • rapidity with which war was becoming impossible. And as certainly they
  • did not see it. They did not see it until the atomic bombs burst in
  • their fumbling hands. Yet the broad facts must have glared upon any
  • intelligent mind. All through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
  • the amount of energy that men were able to command was continually
  • increasing. Applied to warfare that meant that the power to inflict a
  • blow, the power to destroy, was continually increasing. There was
  • no increase whatever in the ability to escape. Every sort of passive
  • defence, armour, fortifications, and so forth, was being outmastered
  • by this tremendous increase on the destructive side. Destruction was
  • becoming so facile that any little body of malcontents could use it; it
  • was revolutionising the problems of police and internal rule. Before
  • the last war began it was a matter of common knowledge that a man could
  • carry about in a handbag an amount of latent energy sufficient to
  • wreck half a city. These facts were before the minds of everybody;
  • the children in the streets knew them. And yet the world still, as the
  • Americans used to phrase it, ‘fooled around’ with the paraphernalia and
  • pretensions of war.
  • It is only by realising this profound, this fantastic divorce between
  • the scientific and intellectual movement on the one hand, and the world
  • of the lawyer-politician on the other, that the men of a later time
  • can hope to understand this preposterous state of affairs. Social
  • organisation was still in the barbaric stage. There were already great
  • numbers of actively intelligent men and much private and commercial
  • civilisation, but the community, as a whole, was aimless, untrained and
  • unorganised to the pitch of imbecility. Collective civilisation, the
  • ‘Modern State,’ was still in the womb of the future....
  • Section 6
  • But let us return to Frederick Barnet’s Wander Jahre and its account
  • of the experiences of a common man during the war time. While these
  • terrific disclosures of scientific possibility were happening in Paris
  • and Berlin, Barnet and his company were industriously entrenching
  • themselves in Belgian Luxembourg.
  • He tells of the mobilisation and of his summer day’s journey through the
  • north of France and the Ardennes in a few vivid phrases. The country
  • was browned by a warm summer, the trees a little touched with autumnal
  • colour, and the wheat already golden. When they stopped for an hour
  • at Hirson, men and women with tricolour badges upon the platform
  • distributed cakes and glasses of beer to the thirsty soldiers, and there
  • was much cheerfulness. ‘Such good, cool beer it was,’ he wrote. ‘I had
  • had nothing to eat nor drink since Epsom.’
  • A number of monoplanes, ‘like giant swallows,’ he notes, were scouting
  • in the pink evening sky.
  • Barnet’s battalion was sent through the Sedan country to a place called
  • Virton, and thence to a point in the woods on the line to Jemelle. Here
  • they detrained, bivouacked uneasily by the railway--trains and stores
  • were passing along it all night--and next morning he: marched eastward
  • through a cold, overcast dawn, and a morning, first cloudy and then
  • blazing, over a large spacious country-side interspersed by forest
  • towards Arlon.
  • There the infantry were set to work upon a line of masked entrenchments
  • and hidden rifle pits between St Hubert and Virton that were designed to
  • check and delay any advance from the east upon the fortified line of
  • the Meuse. They had their orders, and for two days they worked without
  • either a sight of the enemy or any suspicion of the disaster that had
  • abruptly decapitated the armies of Europe, and turned the west of Paris
  • and the centre of Berlin into blazing miniatures of the destruction of
  • Pompeii.
  • And the news, when it did come, came attenuated. ‘We heard there had
  • been mischief with aeroplanes and bombs in Paris,’ Barnet relates; ‘but
  • it didn’t seem to follow that “They” weren’t still somewhere elaborating
  • their plans and issuing orders. When the enemy began to emerge from the
  • woods in front of us, we cheered and blazed away, and didn’t trouble
  • much more about anything but the battle in hand. If now and then one
  • cocked up an eye into the sky to see what was happening there, the rip
  • of a bullet soon brought one down to the horizontal again....
  • That battle went on for three days all over a great stretch of country
  • between Louvain on the north and Longwy to the south. It was essentially
  • a rifle and infantry struggle. The aeroplanes do not seem to have taken
  • any decisive share in the actual fighting for some days, though no
  • doubt they effected the strategy from the first by preventing surprise
  • movements. They were aeroplanes with atomic engines, but they were not
  • provided with atomic bombs, which were manifestly unsuitable for field
  • use, nor indeed had they any very effective kind of bomb. And though
  • they manoeuvred against each other, and there was rifle shooting at them
  • and between them, there was little actual aerial fighting. Either
  • the airmen were indisposed to fight or the commanders on both sides
  • preferred to reserve these machines for scouting....
  • After a day or so of digging and scheming, Barnet found himself in the
  • forefront of a battle. He had made his section of rifle pits chiefly
  • along a line of deep dry ditch that gave a means of inter-communication,
  • he had had the earth scattered over the adjacent field, and he had
  • masked his preparations with tussocks of corn and poppy. The hostile
  • advance came blindly and unsuspiciously across the fields below and
  • would have been very cruelly handled indeed, if some one away to the
  • right had not opened fire too soon.
  • ‘It was a queer thrill when these fellows came into sight,’ he
  • confesses; ‘and not a bit like manoeuvres. They halted for a time on
  • the edge of the wood and then came forward in an open line. They kept
  • walking nearer to us and not looking at us, but away to the right of us.
  • Even when they began to be hit, and their officers’ whistles woke them
  • up, they didn’t seem to see us. One or two halted to fire, and then they
  • all went back towards the wood again. They went slowly at first, looking
  • round at us, then the shelter of the wood seemed to draw them, and they
  • trotted. I fired rather mechanically and missed, then I fired again, and
  • then I became earnest to hit something, made sure of my sighting, and
  • aimed very carefully at a blue back that was dodging about in the corn.
  • At first I couldn’t satisfy myself and didn’t shoot, his movements were
  • so spasmodic and uncertain; then I think he came to a ditch or some such
  • obstacle and halted for a moment. “GOT you,” I whispered, and pulled the
  • trigger.
  • ‘I had the strangest sensations about that man. In the first instance,
  • when I felt that I had hit him I was irradiated with joy and pride....
  • ‘I sent him spinning. He jumped and threw up his arms....
  • ‘Then I saw the corn tops waving and had glimpses of him flapping about.
  • Suddenly I felt sick. I hadn’t killed him....
  • ‘In some way he was disabled and smashed up and yet able to struggle
  • about. I began to think....
  • ‘For nearly two hours that Prussian was agonising in the corn. Either he
  • was calling out or some one was shouting to him....
  • ‘Then he jumped up--he seemed to try to get up upon his feet with one
  • last effort; and then he fell like a sack and lay quite still and never
  • moved again.
  • ‘He had been unendurable, and I believe some one had shot him dead. I
  • had been wanting to do so for some time....’
  • The enemy began sniping the rifle pits from shelters they made for
  • themselves in the woods below. A man was hit in the pit next to Barnet,
  • and began cursing and crying out in a violent rage. Barnet crawled
  • along the ditch to him and found him in great pain, covered with blood,
  • frantic with indignation, and with the half of his right hand smashed to
  • a pulp. ‘Look at this,’ he kept repeating, hugging it and then extending
  • it. ‘Damned foolery! Damned foolery! My right hand, sir! My right hand!’
  • For some time Barnet could do nothing with him. The man was consumed by
  • his tortured realisation of the evil silliness of war, the realisation
  • which had come upon him in a flash with the bullet that had destroyed
  • his skill and use as an artificer for ever. He was looking at the
  • vestiges with a horror that made him impenetrable to any other idea. At
  • last the poor wretch let Barnet tie up his bleeding stump and help him
  • along the ditch that conducted him deviously out of range....
  • When Barnet returned his men were already calling out for water, and all
  • day long the line of pits suffered greatly from thirst. For food they
  • had chocolate and bread.
  • ‘At first,’ he says, ‘I was extraordinarily excited by my baptism of
  • fire. Then as the heat of the day came on I experienced an enormous
  • tedium and discomfort. The flies became extremely troublesome, and my
  • little grave of a rifle pit was invaded by ants. I could not get up
  • or move about, for some one in the trees had got a mark on me. I kept
  • thinking of the dead Prussian down among the corn, and of the bitter
  • outcries of my own man. Damned foolery! It WAS damned foolery. But who
  • was to blame? How had we got to this? . . .
  • ‘Early in the afternoon an aeroplane tried to dislodge us with dynamite
  • bombs, but she was hit by bullets once or twice, and suddenly dived down
  • over beyond the trees.
  • ‘“From Holland to the Alps this day,” I thought, “there must be
  • crouching and lying between half and a million of men, trying to inflict
  • irreparable damage upon one another. The thing is idiotic to the pitch
  • of impossibility. It is a dream. Presently I shall wake up.” . . .
  • ‘Then the phrase changed itself in my mind. “Presently mankind will wake
  • up.”
  • ‘I lay speculating just how many thousands of men there were among these
  • hundreds of thousands, whose spirits were in rebellion against all these
  • ancient traditions of flag and empire. Weren’t we, perhaps, already in
  • the throes of the last crisis, in that darkest moment of a nightmare’s
  • horror before the sleeper will endure no more of it--and wakes?
  • ‘I don’t know how my speculations ended. I think they were not so
  • much ended as distracted by the distant thudding of the guns that were
  • opening fire at long range upon Namur.’
  • Section 7
  • But as yet Barnet had seen no more than the mildest beginnings of modern
  • warfare. So far he had taken part only in a little shooting. The bayonet
  • attack by which the advanced line was broken was made at a place called
  • Croix Rouge, more than twenty miles away, and that night under cover of
  • the darkness the rifle pits were abandoned and he got his company away
  • without further loss.
  • His regiment fell back unpressed behind the fortified lines between
  • Namur and Sedan, entrained at a station called Mettet, and was sent
  • northward by Antwerp and Rotterdam to Haarlem. Hence they marched into
  • North Holland. It was only after the march into Holland that he began to
  • realise the monstrous and catastrophic nature of the struggle in which
  • he was playing his undistinguished part.
  • He describes very pleasantly the journey through the hills and open land
  • of Brabant, the repeated crossing of arms of the Rhine, and the change
  • from the undulating scenery of Belgium to the flat, rich meadows, the
  • sunlit dyke roads, and the countless windmills of the Dutch levels.
  • In those days there was unbroken land from Alkmaar and Leiden to the
  • Dollart. Three great provinces, South Holland, North Holland, and
  • Zuiderzeeland, reclaimed at various times between the early tenth
  • century and 1945 and all many feet below the level of the waves outside
  • the dykes, spread out their lush polders to the northern sun and
  • sustained a dense industrious population. An intricate web of laws
  • and custom and tradition ensured a perpetual vigilance and a perpetual
  • defence against the beleaguering sea. For more than two hundred and
  • fifty miles from Walcheren to Friesland stretched a line of embankments
  • and pumping stations that was the admiration of the world.
  • If some curious god had chosen to watch the course of events in those
  • northern provinces while that flanking march of the British was in
  • progress, he would have found a convenient and appropriate seat for
  • his observation upon one of the great cumulus clouds that were drifting
  • slowly across the blue sky during all these eventful days before the
  • great catastrophe. For that was the quality of the weather, hot and
  • clear, with something of a breeze, and underfoot dry and a little
  • inclined to be dusty. This watching god would have looked down upon
  • broad stretches of sunlit green, sunlit save for the creeping patches
  • of shadow cast by the clouds, upon sky-reflecting meres, fringed and
  • divided up by masses of willow and large areas of silvery weeds, upon
  • white roads lying bare to the sun and upon a tracery of blue canals. The
  • pastures were alive with cattle, the roads had a busy traffic, of beasts
  • and bicycles and gaily coloured peasants’ automobiles, the hues of the
  • innumerable motor barges in the canal vied with the eventfulness of the
  • roadways; and everywhere in solitary steadings, amidst ricks and barns,
  • in groups by the wayside, in straggling villages, each with its fine old
  • church, or in compact towns laced with canals and abounding in bridges
  • and clipped trees, were human habitations.
  • The people of this country-side were not belligerents. The interests
  • and sympathies alike of Holland had been so divided that to the end she
  • remained undecided and passive in the struggle of the world powers. And
  • everywhere along the roads taken by the marching armies clustered groups
  • and crowds of impartially observant spectators, women and children in
  • peculiar white caps and old-fashioned sabots, and elderly, clean-shaven
  • men quietly thoughtful over their long pipes. They had no fear of their
  • invaders; the days when ‘soldiering’ meant bands of licentious looters
  • had long since passed away....
  • That watcher among the clouds would have seen a great distribution of
  • khaki-uniformed men and khaki-painted material over the whole of the
  • sunken area of Holland. He would have marked the long trains, packed
  • with men or piled with great guns and war material, creeping slowly,
  • alert for train-wreckers, along the north-going lines; he would have
  • seen the Scheldt and Rhine choked with shipping, and pouring out still
  • more men and still more material; he would have noticed halts and
  • provisionings and detrainments, and the long, bustling caterpillars of
  • cavalry and infantry, the maggot-like wagons, the huge beetles of great
  • guns, crawling under the poplars along the dykes and roads northward,
  • along ways lined by the neutral, unmolested, ambiguously observant
  • Dutch. All the barges and shipping upon the canals had been
  • requisitioned for transport. In that clear, bright, warm weather, it
  • would all have looked from above like some extravagant festival of
  • animated toys.
  • As the sun sank westward the spectacle must have become a little
  • indistinct because of a golden haze; everything must have become warmer
  • and more glowing, and because of the lengthening of the shadows more
  • manifestly in relief. The shadows of the tall churches grew longer and
  • longer, until they touched the horizon and mingled in the universal
  • shadow; and then, slow, and soft, and wrapping the world in fold after
  • fold of deepening blue, came the night--the night at first obscurely
  • simple, and then with faint points here and there, and then jewelled in
  • darkling splendour with a hundred thousand lights. Out of that mingling
  • of darkness and ambiguous glares the noise of an unceasing activity
  • would have arisen, the louder and plainer now because there was no
  • longer any distraction of sight.
  • It may be that watcher drifting in the pellucid gulf beneath the stars
  • watched all through the night; it may be that he dozed. But if he gave
  • way to so natural a proclivity, assuredly on the fourth night of the
  • great flank march he was aroused, for that was the night of the battle
  • in the air that decided the fate of Holland. The aeroplanes were
  • fighting at last, and suddenly about him, above and below, with cries
  • and uproar rushing out of the four quarters of heaven, striking,
  • plunging, oversetting, soaring to the zenith and dropping to the ground,
  • they came to assail or defend the myriads below.
  • Secretly the Central European power had gathered his flying machines
  • together, and now he threw them as a giant might fling a handful of ten
  • thousand knives over the low country. And amidst that swarming flight
  • were five that drove headlong for the sea walls of Holland, carrying
  • atomic bombs. From north and west and south, the allied aeroplanes rose
  • in response and swept down upon this sudden attack. So it was that war
  • in the air began. Men rode upon the whirlwind that night and slew and
  • fell like archangels. The sky rained heroes upon the astonished earth.
  • Surely the last fights of mankind were the best. What was the heavy
  • pounding of your Homeric swordsmen, what was the creaking charge of
  • chariots, beside this swift rush, this crash, this giddy triumph, this
  • headlong swoop to death?
  • And then athwart this whirling rush of aerial duels that swooped and
  • locked and dropped in the void between the lamp-lights and the stars,
  • came a great wind and a crash louder than thunder, and first one and
  • then a score of lengthening fiery serpents plunged hungrily down upon
  • the Dutchmen’s dykes and struck between land and sea and flared up again
  • in enormous columns of glare and crimsoned smoke and steam.
  • And out of the darkness leapt the little land, with its spires and
  • trees, aghast with terror, still and distinct, and the sea, tumbled with
  • anger, red-foaming like a sea of blood....
  • Over the populous country below went a strange multitudinous crying and
  • a flurry of alarm bells....
  • The surviving aeroplanes turned about and fled out of the sky, like
  • things that suddenly know themselves to be wicked....
  • Through a dozen thunderously flaming gaps that no water might quench,
  • the waves came roaring in upon the land....
  • Section 8
  • ‘We had cursed our luck,’ says Barnet, ‘that we could not get to our
  • quarters at Alkmaar that night. There, we were told, were provisions,
  • tobacco, and everything for which we craved. But the main canal from
  • Zaandam and Amsterdam was hopelessly jammed with craft, and we were glad
  • of a chance opening that enabled us to get out of the main column and
  • lie up in a kind of little harbour very much neglected and weedgrown
  • before a deserted house. We broke into this and found some herrings in
  • a barrel, a heap of cheeses, and stone bottles of gin in the cellar;
  • and with this I cheered my starving men. We made fires and toasted the
  • cheese and grilled our herrings. None of us had slept for nearly forty
  • hours, and I determined to stay in this refuge until dawn and then if
  • the traffic was still choked leave the barge and march the rest of the
  • way into Alkmaar.
  • ‘This place we had got into was perhaps a hundred yards from the canal
  • and underneath a little brick bridge we could see the flotilla still,
  • and hear the voices of the soldiers. Presently five or six other barges
  • came through and lay up in the meer near by us, and with two of these,
  • full of men of the Antrim regiment, I shared my find of provisions. In
  • return we got tobacco. A large expanse of water spread to the westward
  • of us and beyond were a cluster of roofs and one or two church towers.
  • The barge was rather cramped for so many men, and I let several squads,
  • thirty or forty perhaps altogether, bivouac on the bank. I did not let
  • them go into the house on account of the furniture, and I left a note of
  • indebtedness for the food we had taken. We were particularly glad of our
  • tobacco and fires, because of the numerous mosquitoes that rose about
  • us.
  • ‘The gate of the house from which we had provisioned ourselves was
  • adorned with the legend, Vreugde bij Vrede, “Joy with Peace,” and it
  • bore every mark of the busy retirement of a comfort-loving proprietor.
  • I went along his garden, which was gay and delightful with big bushes of
  • rose and sweet brier, to a quaint little summer-house, and there I sat
  • and watched the men in groups cooking and squatting along the bank. The
  • sun was setting in a nearly cloudless sky.
  • ‘For the last two weeks I had been a wholly occupied man, intent only
  • upon obeying the orders that came down to me. All through this time I
  • had been working to the very limit of my mental and physical faculties,
  • and my only moments of rest had been devoted to snatches of sleep. Now
  • came this rare, unexpected interlude, and I could look detachedly upon
  • what I was doing and feel something of its infinite wonderfulness. I was
  • irradiated with affection for the men of my company and with admiration
  • at their cheerful acquiescence in the subordination and needs of our
  • positions. I watched their proceedings and heard their pleasant voices.
  • How willing those men were! How ready to accept leadership and forget
  • themselves in collective ends! I thought how manfully they had gone
  • through all the strains and toil of the last two weeks, how they
  • had toughened and shaken down to comradeship together, and how much
  • sweetness there is after all in our foolish human blood. For they were
  • just one casual sample of the species--their patience and readiness
  • lay, as the energy of the atom had lain, still waiting to be properly
  • utilised. Again it came to me with overpowering force that the supreme
  • need of our race is leading, that the supreme task is to discover
  • leading, to forget oneself in realising the collective purpose of the
  • race. Once more I saw life plain....’
  • Very characteristic is that of the ‘rather too corpulent’ young
  • officer, who was afterwards to set it all down in the Wander Jahre. Very
  • characteristic, too, it is of the change in men’s hearts that was even
  • then preparing a new phase of human history.
  • He goes on to write of the escape from individuality in science and
  • service, and of his discovery of this ‘salvation.’ All that was then,
  • no doubt, very moving and original; now it seems only the most obvious
  • commonplace of human life.
  • The glow of the sunset faded, the twilight deepened into night. The
  • fires burnt the brighter, and some Irishmen away across the meer started
  • singing. But Barnet’s men were too weary for that sort of thing, and
  • soon the bank and the barge were heaped with sleeping forms.
  • ‘I alone seemed unable to sleep. I suppose I was over-weary, and after
  • a little feverish slumber by the tiller of the barge I sat up, awake and
  • uneasy....
  • ‘That night Holland seemed all sky. There was just a little black lower
  • rim to things, a steeple, perhaps, or a line of poplars, and then the
  • great hemisphere swept over us. As at first the sky was empty. Yet my
  • uneasiness referred itself in some vague way to the sky.
  • ‘And now I was melancholy. I found something strangely sorrowful and
  • submissive in the sleepers all about me, those men who had marched so
  • far, who had left all the established texture of their lives behind them
  • to come upon this mad campaign, this campaign that signified nothing and
  • consumed everything, this mere fever of fighting. I saw how little and
  • feeble is the life of man, a thing of chances, preposterously unable
  • to find the will to realise even the most timid of its dreams. And I
  • wondered if always it would be so, if man was a doomed animal who would
  • never to the last days of his time take hold of fate and change it to
  • his will. Always, it may be, he will remain kindly but jealous, desirous
  • but discursive, able and unwisely impulsive, until Saturn who begot him
  • shall devour him in his turn....
  • ‘I was roused from these thoughts by the sudden realisation of the
  • presence of a squadron of aeroplanes far away to the north-east and very
  • high. They looked like little black dashes against the midnight blue.
  • I remember that I looked up at them at first rather idly--as one might
  • notice a flight of birds. Then I perceived that they were only the
  • extreme wing of a great fleet that was advancing in a long line very
  • swiftly from the direction of the frontier and my attention tightened.
  • ‘Directly I saw that fleet I was astonished not to have seen it before.
  • ‘I stood up softly, undesirous of disturbing my companions, but with my
  • heart beating now rather more rapidly with surprise and excitement.
  • I strained my ears for any sound of guns along our front. Almost
  • instinctively I turned about for protection to the south and west, and
  • peered; and then I saw coming as fast and much nearer to me, as if they
  • had sprung out of the darkness, three banks of aeroplanes; a group
  • of squadrons very high, a main body at a height perhaps of one or two
  • thousand feet, and a doubtful number flying low and very indistinct. The
  • middle ones were so thick they kept putting out groups of stars. And I
  • realised that after all there was to be fighting in the air.
  • ‘There was something extraordinarily strange in this swift, noiseless
  • convergence of nearly invisible combatants above the sleeping hosts.
  • Every one about me was still unconscious; there was no sign as yet of
  • any agitation among the shipping on the main canal, whose whole course,
  • dotted with unsuspicious lights and fringed with fires, must have been
  • clearly perceptible from above. Then a long way off towards Alkmaar I
  • heard bugles, and after that shots, and then a wild clamour of bells. I
  • determined to let my men sleep on for as long as they could....
  • ‘The battle was joined with the swiftness of dreaming. I do not think it
  • can have been five minutes from the moment when I first became aware of
  • the Central European air fleet to the contact of the two forces. I saw
  • it quite plainly in silhouette against the luminous blue of the northern
  • sky. The allied aeroplanes--they were mostly French--came pouring down
  • like a fierce shower upon the middle of the Central European fleet.
  • They looked exactly like a coarser sort of rain. There was a crackling
  • sound--the first sound I heard--it reminded one of the Aurora Borealis,
  • and I supposed it was an interchange of rifle shots. There were flashes
  • like summer lightning; and then all the sky became a whirling confusion
  • of battle that was still largely noiseless. Some of the Central European
  • aeroplanes were certainly charged and overset; others seemed to collapse
  • and fall and then flare out with so bright a light that it took the edge
  • off one’s vision and made the rest of the battle disappear as though it
  • had been snatched back out of sight.
  • ‘And then, while I still peered and tried to shade these flames from my
  • eyes with my hand, and while the men about me were beginning to stir,
  • the atomic bombs were thrown at the dykes. They made a mighty thunder in
  • the air, and fell like Lucifer in the picture, leaving a flaring
  • trail in the sky. The night, which had been pellucid and detailed
  • and eventful, seemed to vanish, to be replaced abruptly by a black
  • background to these tremendous pillars of fire....
  • ‘Hard upon the sound of them came a roaring wind, and the sky was filled
  • with flickering lightnings and rushing clouds....
  • ‘There was something discontinuous in this impact. At one moment I was
  • a lonely watcher in a sleeping world; the next saw every one about me
  • afoot, the whole world awake and amazed....
  • ‘And then the wind had struck me a buffet, taken my helmet and swept
  • aside the summerhouse of Vreugde bij Vrede, as a scythe sweeps away
  • grass. I saw the bombs fall, and then watched a great crimson flare leap
  • responsive to each impact, and mountainous masses of red-lit steam and
  • flying fragments clamber up towards the zenith. Against the glare I saw
  • the country-side for miles standing black and clear, churches, trees,
  • chimneys. And suddenly I understood. The Central Europeans had burst
  • the dykes. Those flares meant the bursting of the dykes, and in a little
  • while the sea-water would be upon us....’
  • He goes on to tell with a certain prolixity of the steps he took--and
  • all things considered they were very intelligent steps--to meet this
  • amazing crisis. He got his men aboard and hailed the adjacent barges;
  • he got the man who acted as barge engineer at his post and the engines
  • working, he cast loose from his moorings. Then he bethought himself of
  • food, and contrived to land five men, get in a few dozen cheeses, and
  • ship his men again before the inundation reached them.
  • He is reasonably proud of this piece of coolness. His idea was to take
  • the wave head-on and with his engines full speed ahead. And all the
  • while he was thanking heaven he was not in the jam of traffic in the
  • main canal. He rather, I think, overestimated the probable rush of
  • waters; he dreaded being swept away, he explains, and smashed against
  • houses and trees.
  • He does not give any estimate of the time it took between the bursting
  • of the dykes and the arrival of the waters, but it was probably an
  • interval of about twenty minutes or half an hour. He was working now
  • in darkness--save for the light of his lantern--and in a great wind. He
  • hung out head and stern lights....
  • Whirling torrents of steam were pouring up from the advancing waters,
  • which had rushed, it must be remembered, through nearly incandescent
  • gaps in the sea defences, and this vast uprush of vapour soon veiled the
  • flaring centres of explosion altogether.
  • ‘The waters came at last, an advancing cascade. It was like a broad
  • roller sweeping across the country. They came with a deep, roaring
  • sound. I had expected a Niagara, but the total fall of the front could
  • not have been much more than twelve feet. Our barge hesitated for a
  • moment, took a dose over her bows, and then lifted. I signalled for full
  • speed ahead and brought her head upstream, and held on like grim death
  • to keep her there.
  • ‘There was a wind about as strong as the flood, and I found we were
  • pounding against every conceivable buoyant object that had been between
  • us and the sea. The only light in the world now came from our lamps,
  • the steam became impenetrable at a score of yards from the boat, and
  • the roar of the wind and water cut us off from all remoter sounds. The
  • black, shining waters swirled by, coming into the light of our lamps out
  • of an ebony blackness and vanishing again into impenetrable black.
  • And on the waters came shapes, came things that flashed upon us for a
  • moment, now a half-submerged boat, now a cow, now a huge fragment of a
  • house’s timberings, now a muddle of packing-cases and scaffolding.
  • The things clapped into sight like something shown by the opening of a
  • shutter, and then bumped shatteringly against us or rushed by us. Once I
  • saw very clearly a man’s white face....
  • ‘All the while a group of labouring, half-submerged trees remained ahead
  • of us, drawing very slowly nearer. I steered a course to avoid them.
  • They seemed to gesticulate a frantic despair against the black steam
  • clouds behind. Once a great branch detached itself and tore shuddering
  • by me. We did, on the whole, make headway. The last I saw of Vreugde bij
  • Vrede before the night swallowed it, was almost dead astern of us....’
  • Section 9
  • Morning found Barnet still afloat. The bows of his barge had been badly
  • strained, and his men were pumping or baling in relays. He had got about
  • a dozen half-drowned people aboard whose boat had capsized near him, and
  • he had three other boats in tow. He was afloat, and somewhere between
  • Amsterdam and Alkmaar, but he could not tell where. It was a day that
  • was still half night. Gray waters stretched in every direction under a
  • dark gray sky, and out of the waves rose the upper parts of houses, in
  • many cases ruined, the tops of trees, windmills, in fact the upper third
  • of all the familiar Dutch scenery; and on it there drifted a dimly seen
  • flotilla of barges, small boats, many overturned, furniture, rafts,
  • timbering, and miscellaneous objects.
  • The drowned were under water that morning. Only here and there did a
  • dead cow or a stiff figure still clinging stoutly to a box or chair or
  • such-like buoy hint at the hidden massacre. It was not till the Thursday
  • that the dead came to the surface in any quantity. The view was bounded
  • on every side by a gray mist that closed overhead in a gray canopy. The
  • air cleared in the afternoon, and then, far away to the west under great
  • banks of steam and dust, the flaming red eruption of the atomic bombs
  • came visible across the waste of water.
  • They showed flat and sullen through the mist, like London sunsets. ‘They
  • sat upon the sea,’ says Barnet, ‘like frayed-out waterlilies of flame.’
  • Barnet seems to have spent the morning in rescue work along the track
  • of the canal, in helping people who were adrift, in picking up derelict
  • boats, and in taking people out of imperilled houses. He found other
  • military barges similarly employed, and it was only as the day wore on
  • and the immediate appeals for aid were satisfied that he thought of food
  • and drink for his men, and what course he had better pursue. They had a
  • little cheese, but no water. ‘Orders,’ that mysterious direction, had at
  • last altogether disappeared. He perceived he had now to act upon his own
  • responsibility.
  • ‘One’s sense was of a destruction so far-reaching and of a world so
  • altered that it seemed foolish to go in any direction and expect to find
  • things as they had been before the war began. I sat on the quarter-deck
  • with Mylius my engineer and Kemp and two others of the non-commissioned
  • officers, and we consulted upon our line of action. We were foodless and
  • aimless. We agreed that our fighting value was extremely small, and that
  • our first duty was to get ourselves in touch with food and instructions
  • again. Whatever plan of campaign had directed our movements was
  • manifestly smashed to bits. Mylius was of opinion that we could take
  • a line westward and get back to England across the North Sea. He
  • calculated that with such a motor barge as ours it would be possible to
  • reach the Yorkshire coast within four-and-twenty hours. But this idea
  • I overruled because of the shortness of our provisions, and more
  • particularly because of our urgent need of water.
  • ‘Every boat we drew near now hailed us for water, and their demands did
  • much to exasperate our thirst. I decided that if we went away to the
  • south we should reach hilly country, or at least country that was not
  • submerged, and then we should be able to land, find some stream, drink,
  • and get supplies and news. Many of the barges adrift in the haze about
  • us were filled with British soldiers and had floated up from the Nord
  • See Canal, but none of them were any better informed than ourselves of
  • the course of events. “Orders” had, in fact, vanished out of the sky.
  • ‘“Orders” made a temporary reappearance late that evening in the form
  • of a megaphone hail from a British torpedo boat, announcing a truce, and
  • giving the welcome information that food and water were being hurried
  • down the Rhine and were to be found on the barge flotilla lying over the
  • old Rhine above Leiden.’...
  • We will not follow Barnet, however, in the description of his strange
  • overland voyage among trees and houses and churches by Zaandam and
  • between Haarlem and Amsterdam, to Leiden. It was a voyage in a red-lit
  • mist, in a world of steamy silhouette, full of strange voices and
  • perplexity, and with every other sensation dominated by a feverish
  • thirst. ‘We sat,’ he says, ‘in a little huddled group, saying very
  • little, and the men forward were mere knots of silent endurance. Our
  • only continuing sound was the persistent mewing of a cat one of the men
  • had rescued from a floating hayrick near Zaandam. We kept a southward
  • course by a watch-chain compass Mylius had produced....
  • ‘I do not think any of us felt we belonged to a defeated army, nor had
  • we any strong sense of the war as the dominating fact about us. Our
  • mental setting had far more of the effect of a huge natural catastrophe.
  • The atomic bombs had dwarfed the international issues to complete
  • insignificance. When our minds wandered from the preoccupations of our
  • immediate needs, we speculated upon the possibility of stopping the use
  • of these frightful explosives before the world was utterly destroyed.
  • For to us it seemed quite plain that these bombs and the still greater
  • power of destruction of which they were the precursors might quite
  • easily shatter every relationship and institution of mankind.
  • ‘“What will they be doing,” asked Mylius, “what will they be doing?
  • It’s plain we’ve got to put an end to war. It’s plain things have to be
  • run some way. THIS--all this--is impossible.”
  • ‘I made no immediate answer. Something--I cannot think what--had brought
  • back to me the figure of that man I had seen wounded on the very first
  • day of actual fighting. I saw again his angry, tearful eyes, and that
  • poor, dripping, bloody mess that had been a skilful human hand five
  • minutes before, thrust out in indignant protest. “Damned foolery,” he
  • had stormed and sobbed, “damned foolery. My right hand, sir! My RIGHT
  • hand....”
  • ‘My faith had for a time gone altogether out of me. “I think we are
  • too--too silly,” I said to Mylius, “ever to stop war. If we’d had the
  • sense to do it, we should have done it before this. I think this----” I
  • pointed to the gaunt black outline of a smashed windmill that stuck up,
  • ridiculous and ugly, above the blood-lit waters--“this is the end.”’
  • Section 10
  • But now our history must part company with Frederick Barnet and his
  • barge-load of hungry and starving men.
  • For a time in western Europe at least it was indeed as if civilisation
  • had come to a final collapse. These crowning buds upon the tradition
  • that Napoleon planted and Bismarck watered, opened and flared ‘like
  • waterlilies of flame’ over nations destroyed, over churches smashed or
  • submerged, towns ruined, fields lost to mankind for ever, and a million
  • weltering bodies. Was this lesson enough for mankind, or would the
  • flames of war still burn amidst the ruins?
  • Neither Barnet nor his companions, it is clear, had any assurance in
  • their answers to that question. Already once in the history of
  • mankind, in America, before its discovery by the whites, an organised
  • civilisation had given way to a mere cult of warfare, specialised and
  • cruel, and it seemed for a time to many a thoughtful man as if the
  • whole world was but to repeat on a larger scale this ascendancy of the
  • warrior, this triumph of the destructive instincts of the race.
  • The subsequent chapters of Barnet’s narrative do but supply body to
  • this tragic possibility. He gives a series of vignettes of civilisation,
  • shattered, it seemed, almost irreparably. He found the Belgian hills
  • swarming with refugees and desolated by cholera; the vestiges of the
  • contending armies keeping order under a truce, without actual battles,
  • but with the cautious hostility of habit, and a great absence of plan
  • everywhere.
  • Overhead aeroplanes went on mysterious errands, and there were rumours
  • of cannibalism and hysterical fanaticisms in the valleys of the Semoy
  • and the forest region of the eastern Ardennes. There was the report
  • of an attack upon Russia by the Chinese and Japanese, and of some huge
  • revolutionary outbreak in America. The weather was stormier than men had
  • ever known it in those regions, with much thunder and lightning and wild
  • cloud-bursts of rain....
  • CHAPTER THE THIRD
  • THE ENDING OF WAR
  • Section 1
  • On the mountain-side above the town of Brissago and commanding two
  • long stretches of Lake Maggiore, looking eastward to Bellinzona, and
  • southward to Luino, there is a shelf of grass meadows which is very
  • beautiful in springtime with a great multitude of wild flowers. More
  • particularly is this so in early June, when the slender asphodel Saint
  • Bruno’s lily, with its spike of white blossom, is in flower. To the
  • westward of this delightful shelf there is a deep and densely wooded
  • trench, a great gulf of blue some mile or so in width out of which
  • arise great precipices very high and wild. Above the asphodel fields the
  • mountains climb in rocky slopes to solitudes of stone and sunlight that
  • curve round and join that wall of cliffs in one common skyline. This
  • desolate and austere background contrasts very vividly with the glowing
  • serenity of the great lake below, with the spacious view of fertile
  • hills and roads and villages and islands to south and east, and with the
  • hotly golden rice flats of the Val Maggia to the north. And because
  • it was a remote and insignificant place, far away out of the crowding
  • tragedies of that year of disaster, away from burning cities and
  • starving multitudes, bracing and tranquillising and hidden, it was here
  • that there gathered the conference of rulers that was to arrest, if
  • possible, before it was too late, the debacle of civilisation. Here,
  • brought together by the indefatigable energy of that impassioned
  • humanitarian, Leblanc, the French ambassador at Washington, the chief
  • Powers of the world were to meet in a last desperate conference to ‘save
  • humanity.’
  • Leblanc was one of those ingenuous men whose lot would have been
  • insignificant in any period of security, but who have been caught up
  • to an immortal role in history by the sudden simplification of
  • human affairs through some tragical crisis, to the measure of their
  • simplicity. Such a man was Abraham Lincoln, and such was Garibaldi.
  • And Leblanc, with his transparent childish innocence, his entire
  • self-forgetfulness, came into this confusion of distrust and intricate
  • disaster with an invincible appeal for the manifest sanities of the
  • situation. His voice, when he spoke, was ‘full of remonstrance.’ He was
  • a little bald, spectacled man, inspired by that intellectual idealism
  • which has been one of the peculiar gifts of France to humanity. He was
  • possessed of one clear persuasion, that war must end, and that the only
  • way to end war was to have but one government for mankind. He brushed
  • aside all other considerations. At the very outbreak of the war, so soon
  • as the two capitals of the belligerents had been wrecked, he went to the
  • president in the White House with this proposal. He made it as if it was
  • a matter of course. He was fortunate to be in Washington and in touch
  • with that gigantic childishness which was the characteristic of the
  • American imagination. For the Americans also were among the simple
  • peoples by whom the world was saved. He won over the American president
  • and the American government to his general ideas; at any rate they
  • supported him sufficiently to give him a standing with the more
  • sceptical European governments, and with this backing he set to work--it
  • seemed the most fantastic of enterprises--to bring together all the
  • rulers of the world and unify them. He wrote innumerable letters, he
  • sent messages, he went desperate journeys, he enlisted whatever support
  • he could find; no one was too humble for an ally or too obstinate
  • for his advances; through the terrible autumn of the last wars this
  • persistent little visionary in spectacles must have seemed rather like a
  • hopeful canary twittering during a thunderstorm. And no accumulation of
  • disasters daunted his conviction that they could be ended.
  • For the whole world was flaring then into a monstrous phase of
  • destruction. Power after Power about the armed globe sought to
  • anticipate attack by aggression. They went to war in a delirium of
  • panic, in order to use their bombs first. China and Japan had assailed
  • Russia and destroyed Moscow, the United States had attacked Japan, India
  • was in anarchistic revolt with Delhi a pit of fire spouting death and
  • flame; the redoubtable King of the Balkans was mobilising. It must
  • have seemed plain at last to every one in those days that the world
  • was slipping headlong to anarchy. By the spring of 1959 from nearly
  • two hundred centres, and every week added to their number, roared the
  • unquenchable crimson conflagrations of the atomic bombs, the flimsy
  • fabric of the world’s credit had vanished, industry was completely
  • disorganised and every city, every thickly populated area was starving
  • or trembled on the verge of starvation. Most of the capital cities of
  • the world were burning; millions of people had already perished, and
  • over great areas government was at an end. Humanity has been compared
  • by one contemporary writer to a sleeper who handles matches in his sleep
  • and wakes to find himself in flames.
  • For many months it was an open question whether there was to be found
  • throughout all the race the will and intelligence to face these new
  • conditions and make even an attempt to arrest the downfall of the social
  • order. For a time the war spirit defeated every effort to rally the
  • forces of preservation and construction. Leblanc seemed to be protesting
  • against earthquakes, and as likely to find a spirit of reason in the
  • crater of Etna. Even though the shattered official governments now
  • clamoured for peace, bands of irreconcilables and invincible patriots,
  • usurpers, adventurers, and political desperadoes, were everywhere in
  • possession of the simple apparatus for the disengagement of atomic
  • energy and the initiation of new centres of destruction. The stuff
  • exercised an irresistible fascination upon a certain type of mind.
  • Why should any one give in while he can still destroy his enemies?
  • Surrender? While there is still a chance of blowing them to dust? The
  • power of destruction which had once been the ultimate privilege
  • of government was now the only power left in the world--and it was
  • everywhere. There were few thoughtful men during that phase of
  • blazing waste who did not pass through such moods of despair as Barnet
  • describes, and declare with him: ‘This is the end....’
  • And all the while Leblanc was going to and fro with glittering glasses
  • and an inexhaustible persuasiveness, urging the manifest reasonableness
  • of his view upon ears that ceased presently to be inattentive. Never at
  • any time did he betray a doubt that all this chaotic conflict would end.
  • No nurse during a nursery uproar was ever so certain of the inevitable
  • ultimate peace. From being treated as an amiable dreamer he came by
  • insensible degrees to be regarded as an extravagant possibility. Then he
  • began to seem even practicable. The people who listened to him in 1958
  • with a smiling impatience, were eager before 1959 was four months old
  • to know just exactly what he thought might be done. He answered with the
  • patience of a philosopher and the lucidity of a Frenchman. He began to
  • receive responses of a more and more hopeful type. He came across
  • the Atlantic to Italy, and there he gathered in the promises for this
  • congress. He chose those high meadows above Brissago for the reasons we
  • have stated. ‘We must get away,’ he said, ‘from old associations.’ He
  • set to work requisitioning material for his conference with an assurance
  • that was justified by the replies. With a slight incredulity the
  • conference which was to begin a new order in the world, gathered itself
  • together. Leblanc summoned it without arrogance, he controlled it by
  • virtue of an infinite humility. Men appeared upon those upland slopes
  • with the apparatus for wireless telegraphy; others followed with tents
  • and provisions; a little cable was flung down to a convenient point
  • upon the Locarno road below. Leblanc arrived, sedulously directing every
  • detail that would affect the tone of the assembly. He might have been a
  • courier in advance rather than the originator of the gathering. And
  • then there arrived, some by the cable, most by aeroplane, a few in other
  • fashions, the men who had been called together to confer upon the state
  • of the world. It was to be a conference without a name. Nine monarchs,
  • the presidents of four republics, a number of ministers and ambassadors,
  • powerful journalists, and such-like prominent and influential men, took
  • part in it. There were even scientific men; and that world-famous old
  • man, Holsten, came with the others to contribute his amateur statecraft
  • to the desperate problem of the age. Only Leblanc would have dared so to
  • summon figure heads and powers and intelligence, or have had the courage
  • to hope for their agreement....
  • Section 2
  • And one at least of those who were called to this conference of
  • governments came to it on foot. This was King Egbert, the young king
  • of the most venerable kingdom in Europe. He was a rebel, and had always
  • been of deliberate choice a rebel against the magnificence of his
  • position. He affected long pedestrian tours and a disposition to sleep
  • in the open air. He came now over the Pass of Sta Maria Maggiore and
  • by boat up the lake to Brissago; thence he walked up the mountain, a
  • pleasant path set with oaks and sweet chestnut. For provision on the
  • walk, for he did not want to hurry, he carried with him a pocketful
  • of bread and cheese. A certain small retinue that was necessary to his
  • comfort and dignity upon occasions of state he sent on by the cable car,
  • and with him walked his private secretary, Firmin, a man who had
  • thrown up the Professorship of World Politics in the London School of
  • Sociology, Economics, and Political Science, to take up these duties.
  • Firmin was a man of strong rather than rapid thought, he had anticipated
  • great influence in this new position, and after some years he was still
  • only beginning to apprehend how largely his function was to listen.
  • Originally he had been something of a thinker upon international
  • politics, an authority upon tariffs and strategy, and a valued
  • contributor to various of the higher organs of public opinion, but the
  • atomic bombs had taken him by surprise, and he had still to recover
  • completely from his pre-atomic opinions and the silencing effect of
  • those sustained explosives.
  • The king’s freedom from the trammels of etiquette was very complete. In
  • theory--and he abounded in theory--his manners were purely democratic.
  • It was by sheer habit and inadvertency that he permitted Firmin, who had
  • discovered a rucksack in a small shop in the town below, to carry
  • both bottles of beer. The king had never, as a matter of fact, carried
  • anything for himself in his life, and he had never noted that he did not
  • do so.
  • ‘We will have nobody with us,’ he said, ‘at all. We will be perfectly
  • simple.’
  • So Firmin carried the beer.
  • As they walked up--it was the king made the pace rather than
  • Firmin--they talked of the conference before them, and Firmin, with a
  • certain want of assurance that would have surprised him in himself
  • in the days of his Professorship, sought to define the policy of his
  • companion. ‘In its broader form, sir,’ said Firmin; ‘I admit a certain
  • plausibility in this project of Leblanc’s, but I feel that although
  • it may be advisable to set up some sort of general control for
  • International affairs--a sort of Hague Court with extended powers--that
  • is no reason whatever for losing sight of the principles of national and
  • imperial autonomy.’
  • ‘Firmin,’ said the king, ‘I am going to set my brother kings a good
  • example.’
  • Firmin intimated a curiosity that veiled a dread.
  • ‘By chucking all that nonsense,’ said the king.
  • He quickened his pace as Firmin, who was already a little out of breath,
  • betrayed a disposition to reply.
  • ‘I am going to chuck all that nonsense,’ said the king, as Firmin
  • prepared to speak. ‘I am going to fling my royalty and empire on the
  • table--and declare at once I don’t mean to haggle. It’s haggling--about
  • rights--has been the devil in human affairs, for--always. I am going to
  • stop this nonsense.’
  • Firmin halted abruptly. ‘But, sir!’ he cried.
  • The king stopped six yards ahead of him and looked back at his adviser’s
  • perspiring visage.
  • ‘Do you really think, Firmin, that I am here as--as an infernal
  • politician to put my crown and my flag and my claims and so forth in the
  • way of peace? That little Frenchman is right. You know he is right
  • as well as I do. Those things are over. We--we kings and rulers and
  • representatives have been at the very heart of the mischief. Of course
  • we imply separation, and of course separation means the threat of war,
  • and of course the threat of war means the accumulation of more and more
  • atomic bombs. The old game’s up. But, I say, we mustn’t stand here, you
  • know. The world waits. Don’t you think the old game’s up, Firmin?’
  • Firmin adjusted a strap, passed a hand over his wet forehead, and
  • followed earnestly. ‘I admit, sir,’ he said to a receding back, ‘that
  • there has to be some sort of hegemony, some sort of Amphictyonic
  • council----’
  • ‘There’s got to be one simple government for all the world,’ said the
  • king over his shoulder.
  • ‘But as for a reckless, unqualified abandonment, sir----’
  • ‘BANG!’ cried the king.
  • Firmin made no answer to this interruption. But a faint shadow of
  • annoyance passed across his heated features.
  • ‘Yesterday,’ said the king, by way of explanation, ‘the Japanese very
  • nearly got San Francisco.’
  • ‘I hadn’t heard, sir.’
  • ‘The Americans ran the Japanese aeroplane down into the sea and there
  • the bomb got busted.’
  • ‘Under the sea, sir?’
  • ‘Yes. Submarine volcano. The steam is in sight of the Californian coast.
  • It was as near as that. And with things like this happening, you want
  • me to go up this hill and haggle. Consider the effect of that upon my
  • imperial cousin--and all the others!’
  • ‘HE will haggle, sir.’
  • ‘Not a bit of it,’ said the king.
  • ‘But, sir.’
  • ‘Leblanc won’t let him.’
  • Firmin halted abruptly and gave a vicious pull at the offending strap.
  • ‘Sir, he will listen to his advisers,’ he said, in a tone that in
  • some subtle way seemed to implicate his master with the trouble of the
  • knapsack.
  • The king considered him.
  • ‘We will go just a little higher,’ he said. ‘I want to find this
  • unoccupied village they spoke of, and then we will drink that beer. It
  • can’t be far. We will drink the beer and throw away the bottles. And
  • then, Firmin, I shall ask you to look at things in a more generous
  • light.... Because, you know, you must....’
  • He turned about and for some time the only sound they made was the
  • noise of their boots upon the loose stones of the way and the irregular
  • breathing of Firmin.
  • At length, as it seemed to Firmin, or quite soon, as it seemed to the
  • king, the gradient of the path diminished, the way widened out, and they
  • found themselves in a very beautiful place indeed. It was one of those
  • upland clusters of sheds and houses that are still to be found in the
  • mountains of North Italy, buildings that were used only in the high
  • summer, and which it was the custom to leave locked up and deserted
  • through all the winter and spring, and up to the middle of June. The
  • buildings were of a soft-toned gray stone, buried in rich green grass,
  • shadowed by chestnut trees and lit by an extraordinary blaze of yellow
  • broom. Never had the king seen broom so glorious; he shouted at the
  • light of it, for it seemed to give out more sunlight even than it
  • received; he sat down impulsively on a lichenous stone, tugged out his
  • bread and cheese, and bade Firmin thrust the beer into the shaded weeds
  • to cool.
  • ‘The things people miss, Firmin,’ he said, ‘who go up into the air in
  • ships!’
  • Firmin looked around him with an ungenial eye. ‘You see it at its best,
  • sir,’ he said, ‘before the peasants come here again and make it filthy.’
  • ‘It would be beautiful anyhow,’ said the king.
  • ‘Superficially, sir,’ said Firmin. ‘But it stands for a social order
  • that is fast vanishing away. Indeed, judging by the grass between the
  • stones and in the huts, I am inclined to doubt if it is in use even
  • now.’
  • ‘I suppose,’ said the king, ‘they would come up immediately the hay
  • on this flower meadow is cut. It would be those slow, creamy-coloured
  • beasts, I expect, one sees on the roads below, and swarthy girls with
  • red handkerchiefs over their black hair.... It is wonderful to think how
  • long that beautiful old life lasted. In the Roman times and long ages
  • before ever the rumour of the Romans had come into these parts, men
  • drove their cattle up into these places as the summer came on.... How
  • haunted is this place! There have been quarrels here, hopes, children
  • have played here and lived to be old crones and old gaffers, and died,
  • and so it has gone on for thousands of lives. Lovers, innumerable
  • lovers, have caressed amidst this golden broom....’
  • He meditated over a busy mouthful of bread and cheese.
  • ‘We ought to have brought a tankard for that beer,’ he said.
  • Firmin produced a folding aluminium cup, and the king was pleased to
  • drink.
  • ‘I wish, sir,’ said Firmin suddenly, ‘I could induce you at least to
  • delay your decision----’
  • ‘It’s no good talking, Firmin,’ said the king. ‘My mind’s as clear as
  • daylight.’
  • ‘Sire,’ protested Firmin, with his voice full of bread and cheese and
  • genuine emotion, ‘have you no respect for your kingship?’
  • The king paused before he answered with unwonted gravity. ‘It’s just
  • because I have, Firmin, that I won’t be a puppet in this game of
  • international politics.’ He regarded his companion for a moment and then
  • remarked: ‘Kingship!--what do YOU know of kingship, Firmin?
  • ‘Yes,’ cried the king to his astonished counsellor. ‘For the first time
  • in my life I am going to be a king. I am going to lead, and lead by
  • my own authority. For a dozen generations my family has been a set of
  • dummies in the hands of their advisers. Advisers! Now I am going to be a
  • real king--and I am going to--to abolish, dispose of, finish, the crown
  • to which I have been a slave. But what a world of paralysing shams
  • this roaring stuff has ended! The rigid old world is in the melting-pot
  • again, and I, who seemed to be no more than the stuffing inside a regal
  • robe, I am a king among kings. I have to play my part at the head of
  • things and put an end to blood and fire and idiot disorder.’
  • ‘But, sir,’ protested Firmin.
  • ‘This man Leblanc is right. The whole world has got to be a Republic,
  • one and indivisible. You know that, and my duty is to make that easy.
  • A king should lead his people; you want me to stick on their backs like
  • some Old Man of the Sea. To-day must be a sacrament of kings. Our trust
  • for mankind is done with and ended. We must part our robes among them,
  • we must part our kingship among them, and say to them all, now the
  • king in every one must rule the world.... Have you no sense of the
  • magnificence of this occasion? You want me, Firmin, you want me to go
  • up there and haggle like a damned little solicitor for some price, some
  • compensation, some qualification....’
  • Firmin shrugged his shoulders and assumed an expression of despair.
  • Meanwhile, he conveyed, one must eat.
  • For a time neither spoke, and the king ate and turned over in his mind
  • the phrases of the speech he intended to make to the conference. By
  • virtue of the antiquity of his crown he was to preside, and he intended
  • to make his presidency memorable. Reassured of his eloquence, he
  • considered the despondent and sulky Firmin for a space.
  • ‘Firmin,’ he said, ‘you have idealised kingship.’
  • ‘It has been my dream, sir,’ said Firmin sorrowfully, ‘to serve.’
  • ‘At the levers, Firmin,’ said the king.
  • ‘You are pleased to be unjust,’ said Firmin, deeply hurt.
  • ‘I am pleased to be getting out of it,’ said the king.
  • ‘Oh, Firmin,’ he went on, ‘have you no thought for me? Will you never
  • realise that I am not only flesh and blood but an imagination--with its
  • rights. I am a king in revolt against that fetter they put upon my head.
  • I am a king awake. My reverend grandparents never in all their august
  • lives had a waking moment. They loved the job that you, you advisers,
  • gave them; they never had a doubt of it. It was like giving a doll to
  • a woman who ought to have a child. They delighted in processions and
  • opening things and being read addresses to, and visiting triplets and
  • nonagenarians and all that sort of thing. Incredibly. They used to keep
  • albums of cuttings from all the illustrated papers showing them at it,
  • and if the press-cutting parcels grew thin they were worried. It was all
  • that ever worried them. But there is something atavistic in me; I
  • hark back to unconstitutional monarchs. They christened me too
  • retrogressively, I think. I wanted to get things done. I was bored. I
  • might have fallen into vice, most intelligent and energetic princes do,
  • but the palace precautions were unusually thorough. I was brought up in
  • the purest court the world has ever seen.... Alertly pure.... So I
  • read books, Firmin, and went about asking questions. The thing was bound
  • to happen to one of us sooner or later. Perhaps, too, very likely I’m
  • not vicious. I don’t think I am.’
  • He reflected. ‘No,’ he said.
  • Firmin cleared his throat. ‘I don’t think you are, sir,’ he said. ‘You
  • prefer----’
  • He stopped short. He had been going to say ‘talking.’ He substituted
  • ‘ideas.’
  • ‘That world of royalty!’ the king went on. ‘In a little while no one
  • will understand it any more. It will become a riddle....
  • ‘Among other things, it was a world of perpetual best clothes.
  • Everything was in its best clothes for us, and usually wearing bunting.
  • With a cinema watching to see we took it properly. If you are a king,
  • Firmin, and you go and look at a regiment, it instantly stops whatever
  • it is doing, changes into full uniform and presents arms. When my august
  • parents went in a train the coal in the tender used to be whitened. It
  • did, Firmin, and if coal had been white instead of black I have no doubt
  • the authorities would have blackened it. That was the spirit of our
  • treatment. People were always walking about with their faces to us. One
  • never saw anything in profile. One got an impression of a world that
  • was insanely focused on ourselves. And when I began to poke my little
  • questions into the Lord Chancellor and the archbishop and all the rest
  • of them, about what I should see if people turned round, the general
  • effect I produced was that I wasn’t by any means displaying the Royal
  • Tact they had expected of me....’
  • He meditated for a time.
  • ‘And yet, you know, there is something in the kingship, Firmin. It
  • stiffened up my august little grandfather. It gave my grandmother a
  • kind of awkward dignity even when she was cross--and she was very
  • often cross. They both had a profound sense of responsibility. My poor
  • father’s health was wretched during his brief career; nobody outside the
  • circle knows just how he screwed himself up to things. “My people expect
  • it,” he used to say of this tiresome duty or that. Most of the things
  • they made him do were silly--it was part of a bad tradition, but
  • there was nothing silly in the way he set about them.... The spirit of
  • kingship is a fine thing, Firmin; I feel it in my bones; I do not know
  • what I might not be if I were not a king. I could die for my people,
  • Firmin, and you couldn’t. No, don’t say you could die for me, because
  • I know better. Don’t think I forget my kingship, Firmin, don’t imagine
  • that. I am a king, a kingly king, by right divine. The fact that I am
  • also a chattering young man makes not the slightest difference to that.
  • But the proper text-book for kings, Firmin, is none of the court memoirs
  • and Welt-Politik books you would have me read; it is old Fraser’s Golden
  • Bough. Have you read that, Firmin?’
  • Firmin had. ‘Those were the authentic kings. In the end they were cut
  • up and a bit given to everybody. They sprinkled the nations--with
  • Kingship.’
  • Firmin turned himself round and faced his royal master.
  • ‘What do you intend to do, sir?’ he asked. ‘If you will not listen to
  • me, what do you propose to do this afternoon?’
  • The king flicked crumbs from his coat.
  • ‘Manifestly war has to stop for ever, Firmin. Manifestly this can only
  • be done by putting all the world under one government. Our crowns and
  • flags are in the way. Manifestly they must go.’
  • ‘Yes, sir,’ interrupted Firmin, ‘but WHAT government? I don’t see what
  • government you get by a universal abdication!’
  • ‘Well,’ said the king, with his hands about his knees, ‘WE shall be the
  • government.’
  • ‘The conference?’ exclaimed Firmin.
  • ‘Who else?’ asked the king simply.
  • ‘It’s perfectly simple,’ he added to Firmin’s tremendous silence.
  • ‘But,’ cried Firmin, ‘you must have sanctions! Will there be no form of
  • election, for example?’
  • ‘Why should there be?’ asked the king, with intelligent curiosity.
  • ‘The consent of the governed.’
  • ‘Firmin, we are just going to lay down our differences and take over
  • government. Without any election at all. Without any sanction. The
  • governed will show their consent by silence. If any effective opposition
  • arises we shall ask it to come in and help. The true sanction of
  • kingship is the grip upon the sceptre. We aren’t going to worry people
  • to vote for us. I’m certain the mass of men does not want to be bothered
  • with such things.... We’ll contrive a way for any one interested to join
  • in. That’s quite enough in the way of democracy. Perhaps later--when
  • things don’t matter.... We shall govern all right, Firmin. Government
  • only becomes difficult when the lawyers get hold of it, and since these
  • troubles began the lawyers are shy. Indeed, come to think of it, I
  • wonder where all the lawyers are.... Where are they? A lot, of course,
  • were bagged, some of the worst ones, when they blew up my legislature.
  • You never knew the late Lord Chancellor....
  • ‘Necessities bury rights. And create them. Lawyers live on dead rights
  • disinterred.... We’ve done with that way of living. We won’t have more
  • law than a code can cover and beyond that government will be free....
  • ‘Before the sun sets to-day, Firmin, trust me, we shall have made our
  • abdications, all of us, and declared the World Republic, supreme and
  • indivisible. I wonder what my august grandmother would have made of it!
  • All my rights! . . . And then we shall go on governing. What else is
  • there to do? All over the world we shall declare that there is no longer
  • mine or thine, but ours. China, the United States, two-thirds of Europe,
  • will certainly fall in and obey. They will have to do so. What else can
  • they do? Their official rulers are here with us. They won’t be able
  • to get together any sort of idea of not obeying us.... Then we
  • shall declare that every sort of property is held in trust for the
  • Republic....’
  • ‘But, sir!’ cried Firmin, suddenly enlightened. ‘Has this been arranged
  • already?’
  • ‘My dear Firmin, do you think we have come here, all of us, to talk
  • at large? The talking has been done for half a century. Talking
  • and writing. We are here to set the new thing, the simple, obvious,
  • necessary thing, going.’
  • He stood up.
  • Firmin, forgetting the habits of a score of years, remained seated.
  • ‘WELL,’ he said at last. ‘And I have known nothing!’
  • The king smiled very cheerfully. He liked these talks with Firmin.
  • Section 3
  • That conference upon the Brissago meadows was one of the most
  • heterogeneous collections of prominent people that has ever met
  • together. Principalities and powers, stripped and shattered until all
  • their pride and mystery were gone, met in a marvellous new humility.
  • Here were kings and emperors whose capitals were lakes of flaming
  • destruction, statesmen whose countries had become chaos, scared
  • politicians and financial potentates. Here were leaders of thought and
  • learned investigators dragged reluctantly to the control of affairs.
  • Altogether there were ninety-three of them, Leblanc’s conception of
  • the head men of the world. They had all come to the realisation of the
  • simple truths that the indefatigable Leblanc had hammered into them;
  • and, drawing his resources from the King of Italy, he had provisioned
  • his conference with a generous simplicity quite in accordance with the
  • rest of his character, and so at last was able to make his astonishing
  • and entirely rational appeal. He had appointed King Egbert the
  • president, he believed in this young man so firmly that he completely
  • dominated him, and he spoke himself as a secretary might speak from the
  • president’s left hand, and evidently did not realise himself that he was
  • telling them all exactly what they had to do. He imagined he was
  • merely recapitulating the obvious features of the situation for their
  • convenience. He was dressed in ill-fitting white silk clothes, and he
  • consulted a dingy little packet of notes as he spoke. They put him out.
  • He explained that he had never spoken from notes before, but that this
  • occasion was exceptional.
  • And then King Egbert spoke as he was expected to speak, and Leblanc’s
  • spectacles moistened at that flow of generous sentiment, most amiably
  • and lightly expressed. ‘We haven’t to stand on ceremony,’ said the king,
  • ‘we have to govern the world. We have always pretended to govern the
  • world and here is our opportunity.’
  • ‘Of course,’ whispered Leblanc, nodding his head rapidly, ‘of course.’
  • ‘The world has been smashed up, and we have to put it on its wheels
  • again,’ said King Egbert. ‘And it is the simple common sense of this
  • crisis for all to help and none to seek advantage. Is that our tone or
  • not?’
  • The gathering was too old and seasoned and miscellaneous for any great
  • displays of enthusiasm, but that was its tone, and with an astonishment
  • that somehow became exhilarating it began to resign, repudiate, and
  • declare its intentions. Firmin, taking notes behind his master, heard
  • everything that had been foretold among the yellow broom, come
  • true. With a queer feeling that he was dreaming, he assisted at the
  • proclamation of the World State, and saw the message taken out to the
  • wireless operators to be throbbed all round the habitable globe. ‘And
  • next,’ said King Egbert, with a cheerful excitement in his voice, ‘we
  • have to get every atom of Carolinum and all the plant for making it,
  • into our control....’
  • Firman was not alone in his incredulity. Not a man there who was not a
  • very amiable, reasonable, benevolent creature at bottom; some had been
  • born to power and some had happened upon it, some had struggled to get
  • it, not clearly knowing what it was and what it implied, but none was
  • irreconcilably set upon its retention at the price of cosmic disaster.
  • Their minds had been prepared by circumstances and sedulously cultivated
  • by Leblanc; and now they took the broad obvious road along which King
  • Egbert was leading them, with a mingled conviction of strangeness and
  • necessity. Things went very smoothly; the King of Italy explained the
  • arrangements that had been made for the protection of the camp from any
  • fantastic attack; a couple of thousand of aeroplanes, each carrying a
  • sharpshooter, guarded them, and there was an excellent system of relays,
  • and at night all the sky would be searched by scores of lights, and the
  • admirable Leblanc gave luminous reasons for their camping just where
  • they were and going on with their administrative duties forthwith. He
  • knew of this place, because he had happened upon it when holiday-making
  • with Madame Leblanc twenty years and more ago. ‘There is very simple
  • fare at present,’ he explained, ‘on account of the disturbed state of
  • the countries about us. But we have excellent fresh milk, good red wine,
  • beef, bread, salad, and lemons.... In a few days I hope to place
  • things in the hands of a more efficient caterer....’
  • The members of the new world government dined at three long tables on
  • trestles, and down the middle of these tables Leblanc, in spite of
  • the barrenness of his menu, had contrived to have a great multitude of
  • beautiful roses. There was similar accommodation for the secretaries and
  • attendants at a lower level down the mountain. The assembly dined as it
  • had debated, in the open air, and over the dark crags to the west the
  • glowing June sunset shone upon the banquet. There was no precedency now
  • among the ninety-three, and King Egbert found himself between a pleasant
  • little Japanese stranger in spectacles and his cousin of Central Europe,
  • and opposite a great Bengali leader and the President of the United
  • States of America. Beyond the Japanese was Holsten, the old chemist, and
  • Leblanc was a little way down the other side.
  • The king was still cheerfully talkative and abounded in ideas. He fell
  • presently into an amiable controversy with the American, who seemed to
  • feel a lack of impressiveness in the occasion.
  • It was ever the Transatlantic tendency, due, no doubt, to the necessity
  • of handling public questions in a bulky and striking manner, to
  • over-emphasise and over-accentuate, and the president was touched by
  • his national failing. He suggested now that there should be a new era,
  • starting from that day as the first day of the first year.
  • The king demurred.
  • ‘From this day forth, sir, man enters upon his heritage,’ said the
  • American.
  • ‘Man,’ said the king, ‘is always entering upon his heritage. You
  • Americans have a peculiar weakness for anniversaries--if you will
  • forgive me saying so. Yes--I accuse you of a lust for dramatic effect.
  • Everything is happening always, but you want to say this or this is the
  • real instant in time and subordinate all the others to it.’
  • The American said something about an epoch-making day.
  • ‘But surely,’ said the king, ‘you don’t want us to condemn all humanity
  • to a world-wide annual Fourth of July for ever and ever more. On account
  • of this harmless necessary day of declarations. No conceivable day could
  • ever deserve that. Ah! you do not know, as I do, the devastations of
  • the memorable. My poor grandparents were--RUBRICATED. The worst of these
  • huge celebrations is that they break up the dignified succession of
  • one’s contemporary emotions. They interrupt. They set back. Suddenly
  • out come the flags and fireworks, and the old enthusiasms are furbished
  • up--and it’s sheer destruction of the proper thing that ought to be
  • going on. Sufficient unto the day is the celebration thereof. Let the
  • dead past bury its dead. You see, in regard to the calendar, I am for
  • democracy and you are for aristocracy. All things I hold, are august,
  • and have a right to be lived through on their merits. No day should be
  • sacrificed on the grave of departed events. What do you think of it,
  • Wilhelm?’
  • ‘For the noble, yes, all days should be noble.’
  • ‘Exactly my position,’ said the king, and felt pleased at what he had
  • been saying.
  • And then, since the American pressed his idea, the king contrived to
  • shift the talk from the question of celebrating the epoch they were
  • making to the question of the probabilities that lay ahead. Here every
  • one became diffident. They could see the world unified and at peace, but
  • what detail was to follow from that unification they seemed indisposed
  • to discuss. This diffidence struck the king as remarkable. He plunged
  • upon the possibilities of science. All the huge expenditure that had
  • hitherto gone into unproductive naval and military preparations, must
  • now, he declared, place research upon a new footing. ‘Where one man
  • worked we will have a thousand.’ He appealed to Holsten. ‘We have only
  • begun to peep into these possibilities,’ he said. ‘You at any rate have
  • sounded the vaults of the treasure house.’
  • ‘They are unfathomable,’ smiled Holsten.
  • ‘Man,’ said the American, with a manifest resolve to justify and
  • reinstate himself after the flickering contradictions of the king, ‘Man,
  • I say, is only beginning to enter upon his heritage.’
  • ‘Tell us some of the things you believe we shall presently learn, give
  • us an idea of the things we may presently do,’ said the king to Holsten.
  • Holsten opened out the vistas....
  • ‘Science,’ the king cried presently, ‘is the new king of the world.’
  • ‘OUR view,’ said the president, ‘is that sovereignty resides with the
  • people.’
  • ‘No!’ said the king, ‘the sovereign is a being more subtle than that.
  • And less arithmetical. Neither my family nor your emancipated people. It
  • is something that floats about us, and above us, and through us. It is
  • that common impersonal will and sense of necessity of which Science is
  • the best understood and most typical aspect. It is the mind of the race.
  • It is that which has brought us here, which has bowed us all to its
  • demands....’
  • He paused and glanced down the table at Leblanc, and then re-opened at
  • his former antagonist.
  • ‘There is a disposition,’ said the king, ‘to regard this gathering as if
  • it were actually doing what it appears to be doing, as if we ninety-odd
  • men of our own free will and wisdom were unifying the world. There is
  • a temptation to consider ourselves exceptionally fine fellows, and
  • masterful men, and all the rest of it. We are not. I doubt if we should
  • average out as anything abler than any other casually selected body
  • of ninety-odd men. We are no creators, we are consequences, we are
  • salvagers--or salvagees. The thing to-day is not ourselves but the wind
  • of conviction that has blown us hither....’
  • The American had to confess he could hardly agree with the king’s
  • estimate of their average.
  • ‘Holsten, perhaps, and one or two others, might lift us a little,’ the
  • king conceded. ‘But the rest of us?’
  • His eyes flitted once more towards Leblanc.
  • ‘Look at Leblanc,’ he said. ‘He’s just a simple soul. There are
  • hundreds and thousands like him. I admit, a certain dexterity, a certain
  • lucidity, but there is not a country town in France where there is not a
  • Leblanc or so to be found about two o’clock in its principal cafe. It’s
  • just that he isn’t complicated or Super-Mannish, or any of those things
  • that has made all he has done possible. But in happier times, don’t
  • you think, Wilhelm, he would have remained just what his father was,
  • a successful epicier, very clean, very accurate, very honest. And on
  • holidays he would have gone out with Madame Leblanc and her knitting
  • in a punt with a jar of something gentle and have sat under a large
  • reasonable green-lined umbrella and fished very neatly and successfully
  • for gudgeon....’
  • The president and the Japanese prince in spectacles protested together.
  • ‘If I do him an injustice,’ said the king, ‘it is only because I want
  • to elucidate my argument. I want to make it clear how small are men and
  • days, and how great is man in comparison....’
  • Section 4
  • So it was King Egbert talked at Brissago after they had proclaimed the
  • unity of the world. Every evening after that the assembly dined together
  • and talked at their ease and grew accustomed to each other and sharpened
  • each other’s ideas, and every day they worked together, and really for
  • a time believed that they were inventing a new government for the world.
  • They discussed a constitution. But there were matters needing attention
  • too urgently to wait for any constitution. They attended to these
  • incidentally. The constitution it was that waited. It was presently
  • found convenient to keep the constitution waiting indefinitely as King
  • Egbert had foreseen, and meanwhile, with an increasing self-confidence,
  • that council went on governing....
  • On this first evening of all the council’s gatherings, after King Egbert
  • had talked for a long time and drunken and praised very abundantly the
  • simple red wine of the country that Leblanc had procured for them,
  • he fathered about him a group of congenial spirits and fell into a
  • discourse upon simplicity, praising it above all things and declaring
  • that the ultimate aim of art, religion, philosophy, and science alike
  • was to simplify. He instanced himself as a devotee to simplicity. And
  • Leblanc he instanced as a crowning instance of the splendour of this
  • quality. Upon that they all agreed.
  • When at last the company about the tables broke up, the king found
  • himself brimming over with a peculiar affection and admiration for
  • Leblanc, he made his way to him and drew him aside and broached what he
  • declared was a small matter. There was, he said, a certain order in his
  • gift that, unlike all other orders and decorations in the world,
  • had never been corrupted. It was reserved for elderly men of supreme
  • distinction, the acuteness of whose gifts was already touched to
  • mellowness, and it had included the greatest names of every age so
  • far as the advisers of his family had been able to ascertain them.
  • At present, the king admitted, these matters of stars and badges were
  • rather obscured by more urgent affairs, for his own part he had never
  • set any value upon them at all, but a time might come when they would
  • be at least interesting, and in short he wished to confer the Order
  • of Merit upon Leblanc. His sole motive in doing so, he added, was his
  • strong desire to signalise his personal esteem. He laid his hand
  • upon the Frenchman’s shoulder as he said these things, with an almost
  • brotherly affection. Leblanc received this proposal with a modest
  • confusion that greatly enhanced the king’s opinion of his admirable
  • simplicity. He pointed out that eager as he was to snatch at the
  • proffered distinction, it might at the present stage appear invidious,
  • and he therefore suggested that the conferring of it should be postponed
  • until it could be made the crown and conclusion of his services. The
  • king was unable to shake this resolution, and the two men parted with
  • expressions of mutual esteem.
  • The king then summoned Firmin in order to make a short note of a number
  • of things that he had said during the day. But after about twenty
  • minutes’ work the sweet sleepiness of the mountain air overcame him, and
  • he dismissed Firmin and went to bed and fell asleep at once, and slept
  • with extreme satisfaction. He had had an active, agreeable day.
  • Section 5
  • The establishment of the new order that was thus so humanly begun,
  • was, if one measures it by the standard of any preceding age, a rapid
  • progress. The fighting spirit of the world was exhausted. Only here
  • or there did fierceness linger. For long decades the combative side
  • in human affairs had been monstrously exaggerated by the accidents of
  • political separation. This now became luminously plain. An enormous
  • proportion of the force that sustained armaments had been nothing more
  • aggressive than the fear of war and warlike neighbours. It is doubtful
  • if any large section of the men actually enlisted for fighting ever at
  • any time really hungered and thirsted for bloodshed and danger. That
  • kind of appetite was probably never very strong in the species after the
  • savage stage was past. The army was a profession, in which killing had
  • become a disagreeable possibility rather than an eventful certainty. If
  • one reads the old newspapers and periodicals of that time, which did
  • so much to keep militarism alive, one finds very little about glory and
  • adventure and a constant harping on the disagreeableness of invasion
  • and subjugation. In one word, militarism was funk. The belligerent
  • resolution of the armed Europe of the twentieth century was the
  • resolution of a fiercely frightened sheep to plunge. And now that its
  • weapons were exploding in its hands, Europe was only too eager to drop
  • them, and abandon this fancied refuge of violence.
  • For a time the whole world had been shocked into frankness; nearly all
  • the clever people who had hitherto sustained the ancient belligerent
  • separations had now been brought to realise the need for simplicity
  • of attitude and openness of mind; and in this atmosphere of moral
  • renascence, there was little attempt to get negotiable advantages out of
  • resistance to the new order. Human beings are foolish enough no doubt,
  • but few have stopped to haggle in a fire-escape. The council had its
  • way with them. The band of ‘patriots’ who seized the laboratories and
  • arsenal just outside Osaka and tried to rouse Japan to revolt against
  • inclusion in the Republic of Mankind, found they had miscalculated the
  • national pride and met the swift vengeance of their own countrymen. That
  • fight in the arsenal was a vivid incident in this closing chapter of the
  • history of war. To the last the ‘patriots’ were undecided whether, in
  • the event of a defeat, they would explode their supply of atomic bombs
  • or not. They were fighting with swords outside the iridium doors,
  • and the moderates of their number were at bay and on the verge of
  • destruction, only ten, indeed, remained unwounded, when the republicans
  • burst in to the rescue....
  • Section 6
  • One single monarch held out against the general acquiescence in the new
  • rule, and that was that strange survival of mediaevalism, the ‘Slavic
  • Fox,’ the King of the Balkans. He debated and delayed his submissions.
  • He showed an extraordinary combination of cunning and temerity in his
  • evasion of the repeated summonses from Brissago. He affected ill-health
  • and a great preoccupation with his new official mistress, for his
  • semi-barbaric court was arranged on the best romantic models. His
  • tactics were ably seconded by Doctor Pestovitch, his chief minister.
  • Failing to establish his claims to complete independence, King Ferdinand
  • Charles annoyed the conference by a proposal to be treated as a
  • protected state. Finally he professed an unconvincing submission, and
  • put a mass of obstacles in the way of the transfer of his national
  • officials to the new government. In these things he was enthusiastically
  • supported by his subjects, still for the most part an illiterate
  • peasantry, passionately if confusedly patriotic, and so far with no
  • practical knowledge of the effect of atomic bombs. More particularly he
  • retained control of all the Balkan aeroplanes.
  • For once the extreme naivete of Leblanc seems to have been mitigated by
  • duplicity. He went on with the general pacification of the world as if
  • the Balkan submission was made in absolute good faith, and he announced
  • the disbandment of the force of aeroplanes that hitherto guarded the
  • council at Brissago upon the approaching fifteenth of July. But instead
  • he doubled the number upon duty on that eventful day, and made various
  • arrangements for their disposition. He consulted certain experts, and
  • when he took King Egbert into his confidence there was something in his
  • neat and explicit foresight that brought back to that ex-monarch’s
  • mind his half-forgotten fantasy of Leblanc as a fisherman under a green
  • umbrella.
  • About five o’clock in the morning of the seventeenth of July one of the
  • outer sentinels of the Brissago fleet, which was soaring unobtrusively
  • over the lower end of the lake of Garda, sighted and hailed a strange
  • aeroplane that was flying westward, and, failing to get a satisfactory
  • reply, set its wireless apparatus talking and gave chase. A swarm of
  • consorts appeared very promptly over the westward mountains, and before
  • the unknown aeroplane had sighted Como, it had a dozen eager attendants
  • closing in upon it. Its driver seems to have hesitated, dropped down
  • among the mountains, and then turned southward in flight, only to find
  • an intercepting biplane sweeping across his bows. He then went round
  • into the eye of the rising sun, and passed within a hundred yards of his
  • original pursuer.
  • The sharpshooter therein opened fire at once, and showed an intelligent
  • grasp of the situation by disabling the passenger first. The man at the
  • wheel must have heard his companion cry out behind him, but he was too
  • intent on getting away to waste even a glance behind. Twice after that
  • he must have heard shots. He let his engine go, he crouched down, and
  • for twenty minutes he must have steered in the continual expectation of
  • a bullet. It never came, and when at last he glanced round, three great
  • planes were close upon him, and his companion, thrice hit, lay dead
  • across his bombs. His followers manifestly did not mean either to upset
  • or shoot him, but inexorably they drove him down, down. At last he was
  • curving and flying a hundred yards or less over the level fields of
  • rice and maize. Ahead of him and dark against the morning sunrise was
  • a village with a very tall and slender campanile and a line of cable
  • bearing metal standards that he could not clear. He stopped his engine
  • abruptly and dropped flat. He may have hoped to get at the bombs when he
  • came down, but his pitiless pursuers drove right over him and shot him
  • as he fell.
  • Three other aeroplanes curved down and came to rest amidst grass close
  • by the smashed machine. Their passengers descended, and ran, holding
  • their light rifles in their hands towards the debris and the two dead
  • men. The coffin-shaped box that had occupied the centre of the machine
  • had broken, and three black objects, each with two handles like the ears
  • of a pitcher, lay peacefully amidst the litter.
  • These objects were so tremendously important in the eyes of their
  • captors that they disregarded the two dead men who lay bloody and broken
  • amidst the wreckage as they might have disregarded dead frogs by a
  • country pathway.
  • ‘By God,’ cried the first. ‘Here they are!’
  • ‘And unbroken!’ said the second.
  • ‘I’ve never seen the things before,’ said the first.
  • ‘Bigger than I thought,’ said the second.
  • The third comer arrived. He stared for a moment at the bombs and then
  • turned his eyes to the dead man with a crushed chest who lay in a muddy
  • place among the green stems under the centre of the machine.
  • ‘One can take no risks,’ he said, with a faint suggestion of apology.
  • The other two now also turned to the victims. ‘We must signal,’ said the
  • first man. A shadow passed between them and the sun, and they looked up
  • to see the aeroplane that had fired the last shot. ‘Shall we signal?’
  • came a megaphone hail.
  • ‘Three bombs,’ they answered together.
  • ‘Where do they come from?’ asked the megaphone.
  • The three sharpshooters looked at each other and then moved towards the
  • dead men. One of them had an idea. ‘Signal that first,’ he said, ‘while
  • we look.’ They were joined by their aviators for the search, and all
  • six men began a hunt that was necessarily brutal in its haste, for
  • some indication of identity. They examined the men’s pockets, their
  • bloodstained clothes, the machine, the framework. They turned the bodies
  • over and flung them aside. There was not a tattoo mark.... Everything
  • was elaborately free of any indication of its origin.
  • ‘We can’t find out!’ they called at last.
  • ‘Not a sign?’
  • ‘Not a sign.’
  • ‘I’m coming down,’ said the man overhead....
  • Section 7
  • The Slavic fox stood upon a metal balcony in his picturesque Art Nouveau
  • palace that gave upon the precipice that overhung his bright little
  • capital, and beside him stood Pestovitch, grizzled and cunning, and now
  • full of an ill-suppressed excitement. Behind them the window opened into
  • a large room, richly decorated in aluminium and crimson enamel, across
  • which the king, as he glanced ever and again over his shoulder with a
  • gesture of inquiry, could see through the two open doors of a little
  • azure walled antechamber the wireless operator in the turret working at
  • his incessant transcription. Two pompously uniformed messengers waited
  • listlessly in this apartment. The room was furnished with a stately
  • dignity, and had in the middle of it a big green baize-covered table
  • with the massive white metal inkpots and antiquated sandboxes natural to
  • a new but romantic monarchy. It was the king’s council chamber and
  • about it now, in attitudes of suspended intrigue, stood the half-dozen
  • ministers who constituted his cabinet. They had been summoned for twelve
  • o’clock, but still at half-past twelve the king loitered in the balcony
  • and seemed to be waiting for some news that did not come.
  • The king and his minister had talked at first in whispers; they had
  • fallen silent, for they found little now to express except a vague
  • anxiety. Away there on the mountain side were the white metal roofs of
  • the long farm buildings beneath which the bomb factory and the bombs
  • were hidden. (The chemist who had made all these for the king had died
  • suddenly after the declaration of Brissago.) Nobody knew of that store
  • of mischief now but the king and his adviser and three heavily faithful
  • attendants; the aviators who waited now in the midday blaze with
  • their bomb-carrying machines and their passenger bomb-throwers in the
  • exercising grounds of the motor-cyclist barracks below were still in
  • ignorance of the position of the ammunition they were presently to take
  • up. It was time they started if the scheme was to work as Pestovitch
  • had planned it. It was a magnificent plan. It aimed at no less than the
  • Empire of the World. The government of idealists and professors away
  • there at Brissago was to be blown to fragments, and then east, west,
  • north, and south those aeroplanes would go swarming over a world that
  • had disarmed itself, to proclaim Ferdinand Charles, the new Caesar, the
  • Master, Lord of the Earth. It was a magnificent plan. But the tension
  • of this waiting for news of the success of the first blow
  • was--considerable.
  • The Slavic fox was of a pallid fairness, he had a remarkably long nose,
  • a thick, short moustache, and small blue eyes that were a little too
  • near together to be pleasant. It was his habit to worry his moustache
  • with short, nervous tugs whenever his restless mind troubled him, and
  • now this motion was becoming so incessant that it irked Pestovitch
  • beyond the limits of endurance.
  • ‘I will go,’ said the minister, ‘and see what the trouble is with the
  • wireless. They give us nothing, good or bad.’
  • Left to himself, the king could worry his moustache without stint; he
  • leant his elbows forward on the balcony and gave both of his long white
  • hands to the work, so that he looked like a pale dog gnawing a bone.
  • Suppose they caught his men, what should he do? Suppose they caught his
  • men?
  • The clocks in the light gold-capped belfries of the town below presently
  • intimated the half-hour after midday.
  • Of course, he and Pestovitch had thought it out. Even if they had caught
  • those men, they were pledged to secrecy.... Probably they would be
  • killed in the catching.... One could deny anyhow, deny and deny.
  • And then he became aware of half a dozen little shining specks very high
  • in the blue.... Pestovitch came out to him presently. ‘The government
  • messages, sire, have all dropped into cipher,’ he said. ‘I have set a
  • man----’
  • ‘LOOK!’ interrupted the king, and pointed upward with a long, lean
  • finger.
  • Pestovitch followed that indication and then glanced for one questioning
  • moment at the white face before him.
  • ‘We have to face it out, sire,’ he said.
  • For some moments they watched the steep spirals of the descending
  • messengers, and then they began a hasty consultation....
  • They decided that to be holding a council upon the details of an
  • ultimate surrender to Brissago was as innocent-looking a thing as the
  • king could well be doing, and so, when at last the ex-king Egbert, whom
  • the council had sent as its envoy, arrived upon the scene, he discovered
  • the king almost theatrically posed at the head of his councillors in the
  • midst of his court. The door upon the wireless operators was shut.
  • The ex-king from Brissago came like a draught through the curtains and
  • attendants that gave a wide margin to King Ferdinand’s state, and the
  • familiar confidence of his manner belied a certain hardness in his
  • eye. Firmin trotted behind him, and no one else was with him. And as
  • Ferdinand Charles rose to greet him, there came into the heart of the
  • Balkan king again that same chilly feeling that he had felt upon the
  • balcony--and it passed at the careless gestures of his guest. For surely
  • any one might outwit this foolish talker who, for a mere idea and at the
  • command of a little French rationalist in spectacles, had thrown away
  • the most ancient crown in all the world.
  • One must deny, deny....
  • And then slowly and quite tiresomely he realised that there was nothing
  • to deny. His visitor, with an amiable ease, went on talking about
  • everything in debate between himself and Brissago except----.
  • Could it be that they had been delayed? Could it be that they had had
  • to drop for repairs and were still uncaptured? Could it be that even
  • now while this fool babbled, they were over there among the mountains
  • heaving their deadly charge over the side of the aeroplane?
  • Strange hopes began to lift the tail of the Slavic fox again.
  • What was the man saying? One must talk to him anyhow until one knew. At
  • any moment the little brass door behind him might open with the news
  • of Brissago blown to atoms. Then it would be a delightful relief to the
  • present tension to arrest this chatterer forthwith. He might be killed
  • perhaps. What?
  • The king was repeating his observation. ‘They have a ridiculous fancy
  • that your confidence is based on the possession of atomic bombs.’
  • King Ferdinand Charles pulled himself together. He protested.
  • ‘Oh, quite so,’ said the ex-king, ‘quite so.’
  • ‘What grounds?’ The ex-king permitted himself a gesture and the ghost of
  • a chuckle--why the devil should he chuckle? ‘Practically none,’ he said.
  • ‘But of course with these things one has to be so careful.’
  • And then again for an instant something--like the faintest shadow of
  • derision--gleamed out of the envoy’s eyes and recalled that chilly
  • feeling to King Ferdinand’s spine.
  • Some kindred depression had come to Pestovitch, who had been watching
  • the drawn intensity of Firmin’s face. He came to the help of his master,
  • who, he feared, might protest too much.
  • ‘A search!’ cried the king. ‘An embargo on our aeroplanes.’
  • ‘Only a temporary expedient,’ said the ex-king Egbert, ‘while the search
  • is going on.’
  • The king appealed to his council.
  • ‘The people will never permit it, sire,’ said a bustling little man in a
  • gorgeous uniform.
  • ‘You’ll have to make ‘em,’ said the ex-king, genially addressing all the
  • councillors.
  • King Ferdinand glanced at the closed brass door through which no news
  • would come.
  • ‘When would you want to have this search?’
  • The ex-king was radiant. ‘We couldn’t possibly do it until the day after
  • to-morrow,’ he said.
  • ‘Just the capital?’
  • ‘Where else?’ asked the ex-king, still more cheerfully.
  • ‘For my own part,’ said the ex-king confidentially, ‘I think the whole
  • business ridiculous. Who would be such a fool as to hide atomic bombs?
  • Nobody. Certain hanging if he’s caught--certain, and almost certain
  • blowing up if he isn’t. But nowadays I have to take orders like the rest
  • of the world. And here I am.’
  • The king thought he had never met such detestable geniality. He glanced
  • at Pestovitch, who nodded almost imperceptibly. It was well, anyhow,
  • to have a fool to deal with. They might have sent a diplomatist. ‘Of
  • course,’ said the king, ‘I recognise the overpowering force--and a kind
  • of logic--in these orders from Brissago.’
  • ‘I knew you would,’ said the ex-king, with an air of relief, ‘and so let
  • us arrange----’
  • They arranged with a certain informality. No Balkan aeroplane was to
  • adventure into the air until the search was concluded, and meanwhile
  • the fleets of the world government would soar and circle in the sky. The
  • towns were to be placarded with offers of reward to any one who would
  • help in the discovery of atomic bombs....
  • ‘You will sign that,’ said the ex-king.
  • ‘Why?’
  • ‘To show that we aren’t in any way hostile to you.’
  • Pestovitch nodded ‘yes’ to his master.
  • ‘And then, you see,’ said the ex-king in that easy way of his, ‘we’ll
  • have a lot of men here, borrow help from your police, and run through
  • all your things. And then everything will be over. Meanwhile, if I may
  • be your guest....’ When presently Pestovitch was alone with the king
  • again, he found him in a state of jangling emotions. His spirit was
  • tossing like a wind-whipped sea. One moment he was exalted and full of
  • contempt for ‘that ass’ and his search; the next he was down in a pit of
  • dread. ‘They will find them, Pestovitch, and then he’ll hang us.’
  • ‘Hang us?’
  • The king put his long nose into his councillor’s face. ‘That grinning
  • brute WANTS to hang us,’ he said. ‘And hang us he will, if we give him a
  • shadow of a chance.’
  • ‘But all their Modern State Civilisation!’
  • ‘Do you think there’s any pity in that crew of Godless, Vivisecting
  • Prigs?’ cried this last king of romance. ‘Do you think, Pestovitch, they
  • understand anything of a high ambition or a splendid dream? Do you think
  • that our gallant and sublime adventure has any appeal to them? Here am
  • I, the last and greatest and most romantic of the Caesars, and do you
  • think they will miss the chance of hanging me like a dog if they can,
  • killing me like a rat in a hole? And that renegade! He who was once an
  • anointed king! . . .
  • ‘I hate that sort of eye that laughs and keeps hard,’ said the king.
  • ‘I won’t sit still here and be caught like a fascinated rabbit,’ said
  • the king in conclusion. ‘We must shift those bombs.’
  • ‘Risk it,’ said Pestovitch. ‘Leave them alone.’
  • ‘No,’ said the king. ‘Shift them near the frontier. Then while they
  • watch us here--they will always watch us here now--we can buy an
  • aeroplane abroad, and pick them up....’
  • The king was in a feverish, irritable mood all that evening, but he made
  • his plans nevertheless with infinite cunning. They must get the bombs
  • away; there must be a couple of atomic hay lorries, the bombs could be
  • hidden under the hay.... Pestovitch went and came, instructing trusty
  • servants, planning and replanning.... The king and the ex-king talked
  • very pleasantly of a number of subjects. All the while at the back
  • of King Ferdinand Charles’s mind fretted the mystery of his vanished
  • aeroplane. There came no news of its capture, and no news of its
  • success. At any moment all that power at the back of his visitor might
  • crumble away and vanish....
  • It was past midnight, when the king, in a cloak and slouch hat
  • that might equally have served a small farmer, or any respectable
  • middle-class man, slipped out from an inconspicuous service gate on the
  • eastward side of his palace into the thickly wooded gardens that sloped
  • in a series of terraces down to the town. Pestovitch and his guard-valet
  • Peter, both wrapped about in a similar disguise, came out among the
  • laurels that bordered the pathway and joined him. It was a clear, warm
  • night, but the stars seemed unusually little and remote because of the
  • aeroplanes, each trailing a searchlight, that drove hither and thither
  • across the blue. One great beam seemed to rest on the king for a moment
  • as he came out of the palace; then instantly and reassuringly it had
  • swept away. But while they were still in the palace gardens another
  • found them and looked at them.
  • ‘They see us,’ cried the king.
  • ‘They make nothing of us,’ said Pestovitch.
  • The king glanced up and met a calm, round eye of light, that seemed to
  • wink at him and vanish, leaving him blinded....
  • The three men went on their way. Near the little gate in the garden
  • railings that Pestovitch had caused to be unlocked, the king paused
  • under the shadow of an flex and looked back at the place. It was
  • very high and narrow, a twentieth-century rendering of mediaevalism,
  • mediaevalism in steel and bronze and sham stone and opaque glass.
  • Against the sky it splashed a confusion of pinnacles. High up in the
  • eastward wing were the windows of the apartments of the ex-king Egbert.
  • One of them was brightly lit now, and against the light a little black
  • figure stood very still and looked out upon the night.
  • The king snarled.
  • ‘He little knows how we slip through his fingers,’ said Pestovitch.
  • And as he spoke they saw the ex-king stretch out his arms slowly, like
  • one who yawns, knuckle his eyes and turn inward--no doubt to his bed.
  • Down through the ancient winding back streets of his capital hurried the
  • king, and at an appointed corner a shabby atomic-automobile waited for
  • the three. It was a hackney carriage of the lowest grade, with dinted
  • metal panels and deflated cushions. The driver was one of the ordinary
  • drivers of the capital, but beside him sat the young secretary of
  • Pestovitch, who knew the way to the farm where the bombs were hidden.
  • The automobile made its way through the narrow streets of the old town,
  • which were still lit and uneasy--for the fleet of airships overhead had
  • kept the cafes open and people abroad--over the great new bridge, and so
  • by straggling outskirts to the country. And all through his capital the
  • king who hoped to outdo Caesar, sat back and was very still, and no one
  • spoke. And as they got out into the dark country they became aware of
  • the searchlights wandering over the country-side like the uneasy
  • ghosts of giants. The king sat forward and looked at these flitting
  • whitenesses, and every now and then peered up to see the flying ships
  • overhead.
  • ‘I don’t like them,’ said the king.
  • Presently one of these patches of moonlight came to rest about them and
  • seemed to be following their automobile. The king drew back.
  • ‘The things are confoundedly noiseless,’ said the king. ‘It’s like being
  • stalked by lean white cats.’
  • He peered again. ‘That fellow is watching us,’ he said.
  • And then suddenly he gave way to panic. ‘Pestovitch,’ he said, clutching
  • his minister’s arm, ‘they are watching us. I’m not going through with
  • this. They are watching us. I’m going back.’
  • Pestovitch remonstrated. ‘Tell him to go back,’ said the king, and tried
  • to open the window. For a few moments there was a grim struggle in the
  • automobile; a gripping of wrists and a blow. ‘I can’t go through with
  • it,’ repeated the king, ‘I can’t go through with it.’
  • ‘But they’ll hang us,’ said Pestovitch.
  • ‘Not if we were to give up now. Not if we were to surrender the bombs.
  • It is you who brought me into this....’
  • At last Pestovitch compromised. There was an inn perhaps half a mile
  • from the farm. They could alight there and the king could get brandy,
  • and rest his nerves for a time. And if he still thought fit to go back
  • he could go back.
  • ‘See,’ said Pestovitch, ‘the light has gone again.’
  • The king peered up. ‘I believe he’s following us without a light,’ said
  • the king.
  • In the little old dirty inn the king hung doubtful for a time, and was
  • for going back and throwing himself on the mercy of the council. ‘If
  • there is a council,’ said Pestovitch. ‘By this time your bombs may have
  • settled it.
  • ‘But if so, these infernal aeroplanes would go.’
  • ‘They may not know yet.’
  • ‘But, Pestovitch, why couldn’t you do all this without me?’
  • Pestovitch made no answer for a moment. ‘I was for leaving the bombs
  • in their place,’ he said at last, and went to the window. About their
  • conveyance shone a circle of bright light. Pestovitch had a brilliant
  • idea. ‘I will send my secretary out to make a kind of dispute with the
  • driver. Something that will make them watch up above there. Meanwhile
  • you and I and Peter will go out by the back way and up by the hedges to
  • the farm....’
  • It was worthy of his subtle reputation and it answered passing well.
  • In ten minutes they were tumbling over the wall of the farm-yard, wet,
  • muddy, and breathless, but unobserved. But as they ran towards the barns
  • the king gave vent to something between a groan and a curse, and all
  • about them shone the light--and passed.
  • But had it passed at once or lingered for just a second?
  • ‘They didn’t see us,’ said Peter.
  • ‘I don’t think they saw us,’ said the king, and stared as the light went
  • swooping up the mountain side, hung for a second about a hayrick, and
  • then came pouring back.
  • ‘In the barn!’ cried the king.
  • He bruised his shin against something, and then all three men were
  • inside the huge steel-girdered barn in which stood the two motor
  • hay lorries that were to take the bombs away. Kurt and Abel, the two
  • brothers of Peter, had brought the lorries thither in daylight. They had
  • the upper half of the loads of hay thrown off, ready to cover the bombs,
  • so soon as the king should show the hiding-place. ‘There’s a sort of
  • pit here,’ said the king. ‘Don’t light another lantern. This key of mine
  • releases a ring....’
  • For a time scarcely a word was spoken in the darkness of the barn.
  • There was the sound of a slab being lifted and then of feet descending a
  • ladder into a pit. Then whispering and then heavy breathing as Kurt came
  • struggling up with the first of the hidden bombs.
  • ‘We shall do it yet,’ said the king. And then he gasped. ‘Curse that
  • light. Why in the name of Heaven didn’t we shut the barn door?’ For the
  • great door stood wide open and all the empty, lifeless yard outside and
  • the door and six feet of the floor of the barn were in the blue glare of
  • an inquiring searchlight.
  • ‘Shut the door, Peter,’ said Pestovitch.
  • ‘No,’ cried the king, too late, as Peter went forward into the light.
  • ‘Don’t show yourself!’ cried the king. Kurt made a step forward and
  • plucked his brother back. For a time all five men stood still. It seemed
  • that light would never go and then abruptly it was turned off, leaving
  • them blinded. ‘Now,’ said the king uneasily, ‘now shut the door.’
  • ‘Not completely,’ cried Pestovitch. ‘Leave a chink for us to go out
  • by....’
  • It was hot work shifting those bombs, and the king worked for a time
  • like a common man. Kurt and Abel carried the great things up and Peter
  • brought them to the carts, and the king and Pestovitch helped him to
  • place them among the hay. They made as little noise as they could....
  • ‘Ssh!’ cried the king. ‘What’s that?’
  • But Kurt and Abel did not hear, and came blundering up the ladder with
  • the last of the load.
  • ‘Ssh!’ Peter ran forward to them with a whispered remonstrance. Now they
  • were still.
  • The barn door opened a little wider, and against the dim blue light
  • outside they saw the black shape of a man.
  • ‘Any one here?’ he asked, speaking with an Italian accent.
  • The king broke into a cold perspiration. Then Pestovitch answered: ‘Only
  • a poor farmer loading hay,’ he said, and picked up a huge hay fork and
  • went forward softly.
  • ‘You load your hay at a very bad time and in a very bad light,’ said the
  • man at the door, peering in. ‘Have you no electric light here?’
  • Then suddenly he turned on an electric torch, and as he did so
  • Pestovitch sprang forward. ‘Get out of my barn!’ he cried, and drove the
  • fork full at the intruder’s chest. He had a vague idea that so he
  • might stab the man to silence. But the man shouted loudly as the prongs
  • pierced him and drove him backward, and instantly there was a sound of
  • feet running across the yard.
  • ‘Bombs,’ cried the man upon the ground, struggling with the prongs in
  • his hand, and as Pestovitch staggered forward into view with the force
  • of his own thrust, he was shot through the body by one of the two
  • new-comers.
  • The man on the ground was badly hurt but plucky. ‘Bombs,’ he repeated,
  • and struggled up into a kneeling position and held his electric torch
  • full upon the face of the king. ‘Shoot them,’ he cried, coughing and
  • spitting blood, so that the halo of light round the king’s head danced
  • about.
  • For a moment in that shivering circle of light the two men saw the king
  • kneeling up in the cart and Peter on the barn floor beside him. The old
  • fox looked at them sideways--snared, a white-faced evil thing. And then,
  • as with a faltering suicidal heroism, he leant forward over the bomb
  • before him, they fired together and shot him through the head.
  • The upper part of his face seemed to vanish.
  • ‘Shoot them,’ cried the man who had been stabbed. ‘Shoot them all!’
  • And then his light went out, and he rolled over with a groan at the feet
  • of his comrades.
  • But each carried a light of his own, and in another moment everything in
  • the barn was visible again. They shot Peter even as he held up his hands
  • in sign of surrender.
  • Kurt and Abel at the head of the ladder hesitated for a moment, and then
  • plunged backward into the pit. ‘If we don’t kill them,’ said one of
  • the sharpshooters, ‘they’ll blow us to rags. They’ve gone down that
  • hatchway. Come! . . .
  • ‘Here they are. Hands up! I say. Hold your light while I shoot....’
  • Section 8
  • It was still quite dark when his valet and Firmin came together and told
  • the ex-king Egbert that the business was settled.
  • He started up into a sitting position on the side of his bed.
  • ‘Did he go out?’ asked the ex-king.
  • ‘He is dead,’ said Firmin. ‘He was shot.’
  • The ex-king reflected. ‘That’s about the best thing that could have
  • happened,’ he said. ‘Where are the bombs? In that farm-house on the
  • opposite hill-side! Why! the place is in sight! Let us go. I’ll dress.
  • Is there any one in the place, Firmin, to get us a cup of coffee?’
  • Through the hungry twilight of the dawn the ex-king’s automobile carried
  • him to the farm-house where the last rebel king was lying among his
  • bombs. The rim of the sky flashed, the east grew bright, and the sun was
  • just rising over the hills when King Egbert reached the farm-yard. There
  • he found the hay lorries drawn out from the barn with the dreadful bombs
  • still packed upon them. A couple of score of aviators held the yard, and
  • outside a few peasants stood in a little group and stared, ignorant as
  • yet of what had happened. Against the stone wall of the farm-yard five
  • bodies were lying neatly side by side, and Pestovitch had an expression
  • of surprise on his face and the king was chiefly identifiable by his
  • long white hands and his blonde moustache. The wounded aeronaut had been
  • carried down to the inn. And after the ex-king had given directions in
  • what manner the bombs were to be taken to the new special laboratories
  • above Zurich, where they could be unpacked in an atmosphere of chlorine,
  • he turned to these five still shapes.
  • Their five pairs of feet stuck out with a curious stiff unanimity....
  • ‘What else was there to do?’ he said in answer to some internal protest.
  • ‘I wonder, Firmin, if there are any more of them?’
  • ‘Bombs, sir?’ asked Firmin.
  • ‘No, such kings....
  • ‘The pitiful folly of it!’ said the ex-king, following his thoughts.
  • ‘Firmin, as an ex-professor of International Politics, I think it falls
  • to you to bury them. There? . . . No, don’t put them near the well.
  • People will have to drink from that well. Bury them over there, some way
  • off in the field.’
  • CHAPTER THE FOURTH
  • THE NEW PHASE
  • Section 1
  • The task that lay before the Assembly of Brissago, viewed as we may view
  • it now from the clarifying standpoint of things accomplished, was in
  • its broad issues a simple one. Essentially it was to place social
  • organisation upon the new footing that the swift, accelerated advance
  • of human knowledge had rendered necessary. The council was gathered
  • together with the haste of a salvage expedition, and it was confronted
  • with wreckage; but the wreckage was irreparable wreckage, and the only
  • possibilities of the case were either the relapse of mankind to the
  • agricultural barbarism from which it had emerged so painfully or the
  • acceptance of achieved science as the basis of a new social order. The
  • old tendencies of human nature, suspicion, jealousy, particularism, and
  • belligerency, were incompatible with the monstrous destructive power
  • of the new appliances the inhuman logic of science had produced. The
  • equilibrium could be restored only by civilisation destroying itself
  • down to a level at which modern apparatus could no longer be produced,
  • or by human nature adapting itself in its institutions to the new
  • conditions. It was for the latter alternative that the assembly existed.
  • Sooner or later this choice would have confronted mankind. The sudden
  • development of atomic science did but precipitate and render rapid
  • and dramatic a clash between the new and the customary that had been
  • gathering since ever the first flint was chipped or the first fire built
  • together. From the day when man contrived himself a tool and suffered
  • another male to draw near him, he ceased to be altogether a thing of
  • instinct and untroubled convictions. From that day forth a widening
  • breach can be traced between his egotistical passions and the social
  • need. Slowly he adapted himself to the life of the homestead, and his
  • passionate impulses widened out to the demands of the clan and the
  • tribe. But widen though his impulses might, the latent hunter and
  • wanderer and wonderer in his imagination outstripped their development.
  • He was never quite subdued to the soil nor quite tamed to the home.
  • Everywhere it needed teaching and the priest to keep him within the
  • bounds of the plough-life and the beast-tending. Slowly a vast system
  • of traditional imperatives superposed itself upon his instincts,
  • imperatives that were admirably fitted to make him that cultivator, that
  • cattle-mincer, who was for twice ten thousand years the normal man.
  • And, unpremeditated, undesired, out of the accumulations of his tilling
  • came civilisation. Civilisation was the agricultural surplus. It
  • appeared as trade and tracks and roads, it pushed boats out upon the
  • rivers and presently invaded the seas, and within its primitive courts,
  • within temples grown rich and leisurely and amidst the gathering medley
  • of the seaport towns rose speculation and philosophy and science, and
  • the beginning of the new order that has at last established itself
  • as human life. Slowly at first, as we traced it, and then with an
  • accumulating velocity, the new powers were fabricated. Man as a whole
  • did not seek them nor desire them; they were thrust into his hand. For
  • a time men took up and used these new things and the new powers
  • inadvertently as they came to him, recking nothing of the consequences.
  • For endless generations change led him very gently. But when he had
  • been led far enough, change quickened the pace. It was with a series of
  • shocks that he realised at last that he was living the old life less and
  • less and a new life more and more.
  • Already before the release of atomic energy the tensions between the old
  • way of living and the new were intense. They were far intenser than they
  • had been even at the collapse of the Roman imperial system. On the one
  • hand was the ancient life of the family and the small community and
  • the petty industry, on the other was a new life on a larger scale, with
  • remoter horizons and a strange sense of purpose. Already it was growing
  • clear that men must live on one side or the other. One could not have
  • little tradespeople and syndicated businesses in the same market,
  • sleeping carters and motor trolleys on the same road, bows and arrows
  • and aeroplane sharpshooters in the same army, or illiterate peasant
  • industries and power-driven factories in the same world. And still less
  • it was possible that one could have the ideas and ambitions and greed
  • and jealousy of peasants equipped with the vast appliances of the new
  • age. If there had been no atomic bombs to bring together most of
  • the directing intelligence of the world to that hasty conference at
  • Brissago, there would still have been, extended over great areas and
  • a considerable space of time perhaps, a less formal conference of
  • responsible and understanding people upon the perplexities of this
  • world-wide opposition. If the work of Holsten had been spread over
  • centuries and imparted to the world by imperceptible degrees, it would
  • nevertheless have made it necessary for men to take counsel upon and set
  • a plan for the future. Indeed already there had been accumulating for a
  • hundred years before the crisis a literature of foresight; there was a
  • whole mass of ‘Modern State’ scheming available for the conference to go
  • upon. These bombs did but accentuate and dramatise an already developing
  • problem.
  • Section 2
  • This assembly was no leap of exceptional minds and super-intelligences
  • into the control of affairs. It was teachable, its members trailed
  • ideas with them to the gathering, but these were the consequences of the
  • ‘moral shock’ the bombs had given humanity, and there is no reason for
  • supposing its individual personalities were greatly above the average.
  • It would be possible to cite a thousand instances of error and
  • inefficiency in its proceedings due to the forgetfulness, irritability,
  • or fatigue of its members. It experimented considerably and blundered
  • often. Excepting Holsten, whose gift was highly specialised, it is
  • questionable whether there was a single man of the first order of human
  • quality in the gathering. But it had a modest fear of itself, and a
  • consequent directness that gave it a general distinction. There was,
  • of course, a noble simplicity about Leblanc, but even of him it may
  • be asked whether he was not rather good and honest-minded than in the
  • fuller sense great.
  • The ex-king had wisdom and a certain romantic dash, he was a man among
  • thousands, even if he was not a man among millions, but his memoirs, and
  • indeed his decision to write memoirs, give the quality of himself
  • and his associates. The book makes admirable but astonishing reading.
  • Therein he takes the great work the council was doing for granted as
  • a little child takes God. It is as if he had no sense of it at all. He
  • tells amusing trivialities about his cousin Wilhelm and his secretary
  • Firmin, he pokes fun at the American president, who was, indeed,
  • rather a little accident of the political machine than a representative
  • American, and he gives a long description of how he was lost for three
  • days in the mountains in the company of the only Japanese member, a loss
  • that seems to have caused no serious interruption of the work of the
  • council....
  • The Brissago conference has been written about time after time, as
  • though it were a gathering of the very flower of humanity. Perched
  • up there by the freak or wisdom of Leblanc, it had a certain Olympian
  • quality, and the natural tendency of the human mind to elaborate such
  • a resemblance would have us give its members the likenesses of gods.
  • It would be equally reasonable to compare it to one of those enforced
  • meetings upon the mountain-tops that must have occurred in the opening
  • phases of the Deluge. The strength of the council lay not in itself but
  • in the circumstances that had quickened its intelligence, dispelled its
  • vanities, and emancipated it from traditional ambitions and antagonisms.
  • It was stripped of the accumulation of centuries, a naked government
  • with all that freedom of action that nakedness affords. And its problems
  • were set before it with a plainness that was out of all comparison with
  • the complicated and perplexing intimations of the former time.
  • Section 3
  • The world on which the council looked did indeed present a task quite
  • sufficiently immense and altogether too urgent for any wanton indulgence
  • in internal dissension. It may be interesting to sketch in a few phrases
  • the condition of mankind at the close of the period of warring states,
  • in the year of crisis that followed the release of atomic power. It was
  • a world extraordinarily limited when one measures it by later standards,
  • and it was now in a state of the direst confusion and distress.
  • It must be remembered that at this time men had still to spread into
  • enormous areas of the land surface of the globe. There were vast
  • mountain wildernesses, forest wildernesses, sandy deserts, and frozen
  • lands. Men still clung closely to water and arable soil in temperate or
  • sub-tropical climates, they lived abundantly only in river valleys, and
  • all their great cities had grown upon large navigable rivers or close
  • to ports upon the sea. Over great areas even of this suitable land
  • flies and mosquitoes, armed with infection, had so far defeated human
  • invasion, and under their protection the virgin forests remained
  • untouched. Indeed, the whole world even in its most crowded districts
  • was filthy with flies and swarming with needless insect life to an
  • extent which is now almost incredible. A population map of the world
  • in 1950 would have followed seashore and river course so closely in
  • its darker shading as to give an impression that homo sapiens was an
  • amphibious animal. His roads and railways lay also along the lower
  • contours, only here and there to pierce some mountain barrier or reach
  • some holiday resort did they clamber above 3000 feet. And across the
  • ocean his traffic passed in definite lines; there were hundreds of
  • thousands of square miles of ocean no ship ever traversed except by
  • mischance.
  • Into the mysteries of the solid globe under his feet he had not yet
  • pierced for five miles, and it was still not forty years since, with
  • a tragic pertinacity, he had clambered to the poles of the earth. The
  • limitless mineral wealth of the Arctic and Antarctic circles was still
  • buried beneath vast accumulations of immemorial ice, and the secret
  • riches of the inner zones of the crust were untapped and indeed
  • unsuspected. The higher mountain regions were known only to a sprinkling
  • of guide-led climbers and the frequenters of a few gaunt hotels, and the
  • vast rainless belts of land that lay across the continental masses, from
  • Gobi to Sahara and along the backbone of America, with their perfect
  • air, their daily baths of blazing sunshine, their nights of cool
  • serenity and glowing stars, and their reservoirs of deep-lying
  • water, were as yet only desolations of fear and death to the common
  • imagination.
  • And now under the shock of the atomic bombs, the great masses of
  • population which had gathered into the enormous dingy town centres
  • of that period were dispossessed and scattered disastrously over the
  • surrounding rural areas. It was as if some brutal force, grown impatient
  • at last at man’s blindness, had with the deliberate intention of a
  • rearrangement of population upon more wholesome lines, shaken the world.
  • The great industrial regions and the large cities that had escaped the
  • bombs were, because of their complete economic collapse, in almost as
  • tragic plight as those that blazed, and the country-side was disordered
  • by a multitude of wandering and lawless strangers. In some parts of the
  • world famine raged, and in many regions there was plague.... The plains
  • of north India, which had become more and more dependent for the general
  • welfare on the railways and that great system of irrigation canals which
  • the malignant section of the patriots had destroyed, were in a state of
  • peculiar distress, whole villages lay dead together, no man heeding, and
  • the very tigers and panthers that preyed upon the emaciated survivors
  • crawled back infected into the jungle to perish. Large areas of China
  • were a prey to brigand bands....
  • It is a remarkable thing that no complete contemporary account of
  • the explosion of the atomic bombs survives. There are, of course,
  • innumerable allusions and partial records, and it is from these that
  • subsequent ages must piece together the image of these devastations.
  • The phenomena, it must be remembered, changed greatly from day to day,
  • and even from hour to hour, as the exploding bomb shifted its position,
  • threw off fragments or came into contact with water or a fresh texture
  • of soil. Barnet, who came within forty miles of Paris early in October,
  • is concerned chiefly with his account of the social confusion of the
  • country-side and the problems of his command, but he speaks of heaped
  • cloud masses of steam. ‘All along the sky to the south-west’ and of a
  • red glare beneath these at night. Parts of Paris were still burning,
  • and numbers of people were camped in the fields even at this distance
  • watching over treasured heaps of salvaged loot. He speaks too of
  • the distant rumbling of the explosion--‘like trains going over iron
  • bridges.’
  • Other descriptions agree with this; they all speak of the ‘continuous
  • reverberations,’ or of the ‘thudding and hammering,’ or some such
  • phrase; and they all testify to a huge pall of steam, from which rain
  • would fall suddenly in torrents and amidst which lightning played.
  • Drawing nearer to Paris an observer would have found the salvage camps
  • increasing in number and blocking up the villages, and large numbers
  • of people, often starving and ailing, camping under improvised tents
  • because there was no place for them to go. The sky became more and more
  • densely overcast until at last it blotted out the light of day and left
  • nothing but a dull red glare ‘extraordinarily depressing to the spirit.’
  • In this dull glare, great numbers of people were still living, clinging
  • to their houses and in many cases subsisting in a state of partial
  • famine upon the produce in their gardens and the stores in the shops of
  • the provision dealers.
  • Coming in still closer, the investigator would have reached the police
  • cordon, which was trying to check the desperate enterprise of those who
  • would return to their homes or rescue their more valuable possessions
  • within the ‘zone of imminent danger.’
  • That zone was rather arbitrarily defined. If our spectator could have
  • got permission to enter it, he would have entered also a zone of uproar,
  • a zone of perpetual thunderings, lit by a strange purplish-red
  • light, and quivering and swaying with the incessant explosion of the
  • radio-active substance. Whole blocks of buildings were alight and
  • burning fiercely, the trembling, ragged flames looking pale and ghastly
  • and attenuated in comparison with the full-bodied crimson glare beyond.
  • The shells of other edifices already burnt rose, pierced by rows of
  • window sockets against the red-lit mist.
  • Every step farther would have been as dangerous as a descent within the
  • crater of an active volcano. These spinning, boiling bomb centres would
  • shift or break unexpectedly into new regions, great fragments of earth
  • or drain or masonry suddenly caught by a jet of disruptive force might
  • come flying by the explorer’s head, or the ground yawn a fiery grave
  • beneath his feet. Few who adventured into these areas of destruction
  • and survived attempted any repetition of their experiences. There are
  • stories of puffs of luminous, radio-active vapour drifting sometimes
  • scores of miles from the bomb centre and killing and scorching all they
  • overtook. And the first conflagrations from the Paris centre spread
  • westward half-way to the sea.
  • Moreover, the air in this infernal inner circle of red-lit ruins had a
  • peculiar dryness and a blistering quality, so that it set up a soreness
  • of the skin and lungs that was very difficult to heal....
  • Such was the last state of Paris, and such on a larger scale was the
  • condition of affairs in Chicago, and the same fate had overtaken Berlin,
  • Moscow, Tokio, the eastern half of London, Toulon, Kiel, and two hundred
  • and eighteen other centres of population or armament. Each was a flaming
  • centre of radiant destruction that only time could quench, that indeed
  • in many instances time has still to quench. To this day, though indeed
  • with a constantly diminishing uproar and vigour, these explosions
  • continue. In the map of nearly every country of the world three or four
  • or more red circles, a score of miles in diameter, mark the position of
  • the dying atomic bombs and the death areas that men have been forced to
  • abandon around them. Within these areas perished museums, cathedrals,
  • palaces, libraries, galleries of masterpieces, and a vast accumulation
  • of human achievement, whose charred remains lie buried, a legacy of
  • curious material that only future generations may hope to examine....
  • Section 4
  • The state of mind of the dispossessed urban population which swarmed and
  • perished so abundantly over the country-side during the dark days of the
  • autumnal months that followed the Last War, was one of blank despair.
  • Barnet gives sketch after sketch of groups of these people, camped among
  • the vineyards of Champagne, as he saw them during his period of service
  • with the army of pacification.
  • There was, for example, that ‘man-milliner’ who came out from a field
  • beside the road that rises up eastward out of Epernay, and asked how
  • things were going in Paris. He was, says Barnet, a round-faced man,
  • dressed very neatly in black--so neatly that it was amazing to discover
  • he was living close at hand in a tent made of carpets--and he had ‘an
  • urbane but insistent manner,’ a carefully trimmed moustache and beard,
  • expressive eyebrows, and hair very neatly brushed.
  • ‘No one goes into Paris,’ said Barnet.
  • ‘But, Monsieur, that is very unenterprising,’ the man by the wayside
  • submitted.
  • ‘The danger is too great. The radiations eat into people’s skins.’
  • The eyebrows protested. ‘But is nothing to be done?’
  • ‘Nothing can be done.’
  • ‘But, Monsieur, it is extraordinarily inconvenient, this living in exile
  • and waiting. My wife and my little boy suffer extremely. There is a lack
  • of amenity. And the season advances. I say nothing of the expense and
  • difficulty in obtaining provisions.... When does Monsieur think that
  • something will be done to render Paris--possible?’
  • Barnet considered his interlocutor.
  • ‘I’m told,’ said Barnet, ‘that Paris is not likely to be possible again
  • for several generations.’
  • ‘Oh! but this is preposterous! Consider, Monsieur! What are people like
  • ourselves to do in the meanwhile? I am a costumier. All my connections
  • and interests, above all my style, demand Paris....’
  • Barnet considered the sky, from which a light rain was beginning to
  • fall, the wide fields about them from which the harvest had been taken,
  • the trimmed poplars by the wayside.
  • ‘Naturally,’ he agreed, ‘you want to go to Paris. But Paris is over.’
  • ‘Over!’
  • ‘Finished.’
  • ‘But then, Monsieur--what is to become--of ME?’
  • Barnet turned his face westward, whither the white road led.
  • ‘Where else, for example, may I hope to find--opportunity?’
  • Barnet made no reply.
  • ‘Perhaps on the Riviera. Or at some such place as Homburg. Or some
  • plague perhaps.’
  • ‘All that,’ said Barnet, accepting for the first time facts that had
  • lain evident in his mind for weeks; ‘all that must be over, too.’
  • There was a pause. Then the voice beside him broke out. ‘But, Monsieur,
  • it is impossible! It leaves--nothing.’
  • ‘No. Not very much.’
  • ‘One cannot suddenly begin to grow potatoes!’
  • ‘It would be good if Monsieur could bring himself----’
  • ‘To the life of a peasant! And my wife----You do not know the
  • distinguished delicacy of my wife, a refined helplessness, a peculiar
  • dependent charm. Like some slender tropical creeper--with great white
  • flowers.... But all this is foolish talk. It is impossible that Paris,
  • which has survived so many misfortunes, should not presently revive.’
  • ‘I do not think it will ever revive. Paris is finished. London, too, I
  • am told--Berlin. All the great capitals were stricken....’
  • ‘But----! Monsieur must permit me to differ.’
  • ‘It is so.’
  • ‘It is impossible. Civilisations do not end in this manner. Mankind will
  • insist.’
  • ‘On Paris?’
  • ‘On Paris.’
  • ‘Monsieur, you might as well hope to go down the Maelstrom and resume
  • business there.’
  • ‘I am content, Monsieur, with my own faith.’
  • ‘The winter comes on. Would not Monsieur be wiser to seek a house?’
  • ‘Farther from Paris? No, Monsieur. But it is not possible, Monsieur,
  • what you say, and you are under a tremendous mistake.... Indeed you are
  • in error.... I asked merely for information....’
  • ‘When last I saw him,’ said Barnet, ‘he was standing under the signpost
  • at the crest of the hill, gazing wistfully, yet it seemed to me a little
  • doubtfully, now towards Paris, and altogether heedless of a drizzling
  • rain that was wetting him through and through....’
  • Section 5
  • This effect of chill dismay, of a doom as yet imperfectly apprehended
  • deepens as Barnet’s record passes on to tell of the approach of winter.
  • It was too much for the great mass of those unwilling and incompetent
  • nomads to realise that an age had ended, that the old help and guidance
  • existed no longer, that times would not mend again, however patiently
  • they held out. They were still in many cases looking to Paris when the
  • first snowflakes of that pitiless January came swirling about them. The
  • story grows grimmer....
  • If it is less monstrously tragic after Barnet’s return to England, it
  • is, if anything, harder. England was a spectacle of fear-embittered
  • householders, hiding food, crushing out robbery, driving the starving
  • wanderers from every faltering place upon the roads lest they should
  • die inconveniently and reproachfully on the doorsteps of those who had
  • failed to urge them onward....
  • The remnants of the British troops left France finally in March, after
  • urgent representations from the provisional government at Orleans that
  • they could be supported no longer. They seem to have been a fairly
  • well-behaved, but highly parasitic force throughout, though Barnet is
  • clearly of opinion that they did much to suppress sporadic brigandage
  • and maintain social order. He came home to a famine-stricken country,
  • and his picture of the England of that spring is one of miserable
  • patience and desperate expedients. The country was suffering much more
  • than France, because of the cessation of the overseas supplies on which
  • it had hitherto relied. His troops were given bread, dried fish, and
  • boiled nettles at Dover, and marched inland to Ashford and paid off. On
  • the way thither they saw four men hanging from the telegraph posts by
  • the roadside, who had been hung for stealing swedes. The labour refuges
  • of Kent, he discovered, were feeding their crowds of casual wanderers on
  • bread into which clay and sawdust had been mixed. In Surrey there was a
  • shortage of even such fare as that. He himself struck across country to
  • Winchester, fearing to approach the bomb-poisoned district round London,
  • and at Winchester he had the luck to be taken on as one of the wireless
  • assistants at the central station and given regular rations. The station
  • stood in a commanding position on the chalk hill that overlooks the town
  • from the east....
  • Thence he must have assisted in the transmission of the endless cipher
  • messages that preceded the gathering at Brissago, and there it was that
  • the Brissago proclamation of the end of the war and the establishment of
  • a world government came under his hands.
  • He was feeling ill and apathetic that day, and he did not realise what
  • it was he was transcribing. He did it mechanically, as a part of his
  • tedious duty.
  • Afterwards there came a rush of messages arising out of the declaration
  • that strained him very much, and in the evening when he was relieved, he
  • ate his scanty supper and then went out upon the little balcony before
  • the station, to smoke and rest his brains after this sudden and as yet
  • inexplicable press of duty. It was a very beautiful, still evening. He
  • fell talking to a fellow operator, and for the first time, he declares,
  • ‘I began to understand what it was all about. I began to see just what
  • enormous issues had been under my hands for the past four hours. But
  • I became incredulous after my first stimulation. “This is some sort of
  • Bunkum,” I said very sagely.
  • ‘My colleague was more hopeful. “It means an end to bomb-throwing and
  • destruction,” he said. “It means that presently corn will come from
  • America.”
  • ‘“Who is going to send corn when there is no more value in money?” I
  • asked.
  • ‘Suddenly we were startled by a clashing from the town below. The
  • cathedral bells, which had been silent ever since I had come into the
  • district, were beginning, with a sort of rheumatic difficulty, to ring.
  • Presently they warmed a little to the work, and we realised what was
  • going on. They were ringing a peal. We listened with an unbelieving
  • astonishment and looking into each other’s yellow faces.
  • ‘“They mean it,” said my colleague.
  • ‘“But what can they do now?” I asked. “Everything is broken down....”’
  • And on that sentence, with an unexpected artistry, Barnet abruptly ends
  • his story.
  • Section 6
  • From the first the new government handled affairs with a certain
  • greatness of spirit. Indeed, it was inevitable that they should act
  • greatly. From the first they had to see the round globe as one problem;
  • it was impossible any longer to deal with it piece by piece. They had to
  • secure it universally from any fresh outbreak of atomic destruction,
  • and they had to ensure a permanent and universal pacification. On
  • this capacity to grasp and wield the whole round globe their existence
  • depended. There was no scope for any further performance.
  • So soon as the seizure of the existing supplies of atomic ammunition and
  • the apparatus for synthesising Carolinum was assured, the disbanding or
  • social utilisation of the various masses of troops still under arms had
  • to be arranged, the salvation of the year’s harvests, and the feeding,
  • housing, and employment of the drifting millions of homeless people.
  • In Canada, in South America, and Asiatic Russia there were vast
  • accumulations of provision that was immovable only because of the
  • breakdown of the monetary and credit systems. These had to be brought
  • into the famine districts very speedily if entire depopulation was to
  • be avoided, and their transportation and the revival of communications
  • generally absorbed a certain proportion of the soldiery and more able
  • unemployed. The task of housing assumed gigantic dimensions, and from
  • building camps the housing committee of the council speedily passed to
  • constructions of a more permanent type. They found far less friction
  • than might have been expected in turning the loose population on their
  • hands to these things. People were extraordinarily tamed by that year of
  • suffering and death; they were disillusioned of their traditions, bereft
  • of once obstinate prejudices; they felt foreign in a strange world,
  • and ready to follow any confident leadership. The orders of the new
  • government came with the best of all credentials, rations. The people
  • everywhere were as easy to control, one of the old labour experts who
  • had survived until the new time witnesses, ‘as gangs of emigrant workers
  • in a new land.’ And now it was that the social possibilities of the
  • atomic energy began to appear. The new machinery that had come into
  • existence before the last wars increased and multiplied, and the council
  • found itself not only with millions of hands at its disposal but with
  • power and apparatus that made its first conceptions of the work it had
  • to do seem pitifully timid. The camps that were planned in iron and deal
  • were built in stone and brass; the roads that were to have been mere
  • iron tracks became spacious ways that insisted upon architecture; the
  • cultivations of foodstuffs that were to have supplied emergency rations,
  • were presently, with synthesisers, fertilisers, actinic light, and
  • scientific direction, in excess of every human need.
  • The government had begun with the idea of temporarily reconstituting the
  • social and economic system that had prevailed before the first coming
  • of the atomic engine, because it was to this system that the ideas and
  • habits of the great mass of the world’s dispossessed population
  • was adapted. Subsequent rearrangement it had hoped to leave to its
  • successors--whoever they might be. But this, it became more and more
  • manifest, was absolutely impossible. As well might the council have
  • proposed a revival of slavery. The capitalist system had already been
  • smashed beyond repair by the onset of limitless gold and energy; it fell
  • to pieces at the first endeavour to stand it up again. Already before
  • the war half of the industrial class had been out of work, the attempt
  • to put them back into wages employment on the old lines was futile from
  • the outset--the absolute shattering of the currency system alone would
  • have been sufficient to prevent that, and it was necessary therefore to
  • take over the housing, feeding, and clothing of this worldwide multitude
  • without exacting any return in labour whatever. In a little while the
  • mere absence of occupation for so great a multitude of people everywhere
  • became an evident social danger, and the government was obliged to
  • resort to such devices as simple decorative work in wood and stone, the
  • manufacture of hand-woven textiles, fruit-growing, flower-growing, and
  • landscape gardening on a grand scale to keep the less adaptable out of
  • mischief, and of paying wages to the younger adults for attendance at
  • schools that would equip them to use the new atomic machinery.... So
  • quite insensibly the council drifted into a complete reorganisation of
  • urban and industrial life, and indeed of the entire social system.
  • Ideas that are unhampered by political intrigue or financial
  • considerations have a sweeping way with them, and before a year was
  • out the records of the council show clearly that it was rising to its
  • enormous opportunity, and partly through its own direct control and
  • partly through a series of specific committees, it was planning a new
  • common social order for the entire population of the earth. ‘There can
  • be no real social stability or any general human happiness while
  • large areas of the world and large classes of people are in a phase of
  • civilisation different from the prevailing mass. It is impossible now to
  • have great blocks of population misunderstanding the generally accepted
  • social purpose or at an economic disadvantage to the rest.’ So the
  • council expressed its conception of the problem it had to solve. The
  • peasant, the field-worker, and all barbaric cultivators were at an
  • ‘economic disadvantage’ to the more mobile and educated classes, and the
  • logic of the situation compelled the council to take up systematically
  • the supersession of this stratum by a more efficient organisation of
  • production. It developed a scheme for the progressive establishment
  • throughout the world of the ‘modern system’ in agriculture, a system
  • that should give the full advantages of a civilised life to every
  • agricultural worker, and this replacement has been going on right up
  • to the present day. The central idea of the modern system is the
  • substitution of cultivating guilds for the individual cultivator, and
  • for cottage and village life altogether. These guilds are associations
  • of men and women who take over areas of arable or pasture land, and make
  • themselves responsible for a certain average produce. They are bodies
  • small enough as a rule to be run on a strictly democratic basis, and
  • large enough to supply all the labour, except for a certain assistance
  • from townspeople during the harvest, needed upon the land farmed. They
  • have watchers’ bungalows or chalets on the ground cultivated, but the
  • ease and the costlessness of modern locomotion enables them to maintain
  • a group of residences in the nearest town with a common dining-room and
  • club house, and usually also a guild house in the national or provincial
  • capital. Already this system has abolished a distinctively ‘rustic’
  • population throughout vast areas of the old world, where it has
  • prevailed immemorially. That shy, unstimulated life of the lonely hovel,
  • the narrow scandals and petty spites and persecutions of the small
  • village, that hoarding, half inanimate existence away from books,
  • thought, or social participation and in constant contact with cattle,
  • pigs, poultry, and their excrement, is passing away out of human
  • experience. In a little while it will be gone altogether. In the
  • nineteenth century it had already ceased to be a necessary human state,
  • and only the absence of any collective intelligence and an imagined need
  • for tough and unintelligent soldiers and for a prolific class at a low
  • level, prevented its systematic replacement at that time....
  • And while this settlement of the country was in progress, the urban
  • camps of the first phase of the council’s activities were rapidly
  • developing, partly through the inherent forces of the situation and
  • partly through the council’s direction, into a modern type of town....
  • Section 7
  • It is characteristic of the manner in which large enterprises forced
  • themselves upon the Brissago council, that it was not until the end
  • of the first year of their administration and then only with extreme
  • reluctance that they would take up the manifest need for a lingua franca
  • for the world. They seem to have given little attention to the various
  • theoretical universal languages which were proposed to them. They wished
  • to give as little trouble to hasty and simple people as possible, and
  • the world-wide alstribution of English gave them a bias for it from the
  • beginning. The extreme simplicity of its grammar was also in its favour.
  • It was not without some sacrifices that the English-speaking
  • peoples were permitted the satisfaction of hearing their speech
  • used universally. The language was shorn of a number of grammatical
  • peculiarities, the distinctive forms for the subjunctive mood for
  • example and most of its irregular plurals were abolished; its spelling
  • was systematised and adapted to the vowel sounds in use upon the
  • continent of Europe, and a process of incorporating foreign nouns and
  • verbs commenced that speedily reached enormous proportions. Within
  • ten years from the establishment of the World Republic the New English
  • Dictionary had swelled to include a vocabulary of 250,000 words, and
  • a man of 1900 would have found considerable difficulty in reading an
  • ordinary newspaper. On the other hand, the men of the new time could
  • still appreciate the older English literature.... Certain minor acts
  • of uniformity accompanied this larger one. The idea of a common
  • understanding and a general simplification of intercourse once it was
  • accepted led very naturally to the universal establishment of the metric
  • system of weights and measures, and to the disappearance of the various
  • makeshift calendars that had hitherto confused chronology. The year was
  • divided into thirteen months of four weeks each, and New Year’s Day
  • and Leap Year’s Day were made holidays, and did not count at all in
  • the ordinary week. So the weeks and the months were brought into
  • correspondence. And moreover, as the king put it to Firmin, it was
  • decided to ‘nail down Easter.’ . . . In these matters, as in so many
  • matters, the new civilisation came as a simplification of ancient
  • complications; the history of the calendar throughout the world is a
  • history of inadequate adjustments, of attempts to fix seed-time and
  • midwinter that go back into the very beginning of human society; and
  • this final rectification had a symbolic value quite beyond its practical
  • convenience. But the council would have no rash nor harsh innovations,
  • no strange names for the months, and no alteration in the numbering of
  • the years.
  • The world had already been put upon one universal monetary basis. For
  • some months after the accession of the council, the world’s affairs had
  • been carried on without any sound currency at all. Over great regions
  • money was still in use, but with the most extravagant variations in
  • price and the most disconcerting fluctuations of public confidence. The
  • ancient rarity of gold upon which the entire system rested was gone.
  • Gold was now a waste product in the release of atomic energy, and it
  • was plain that no metal could be the basis of the monetary system
  • again. Henceforth all coins must be token coins. Yet the whole world was
  • accustomed to metallic money, and a vast proportion of existing
  • human relationships had grown up upon a cash basis, and were almost
  • inconceivable without that convenient liquidating factor. It seemed
  • absolutely necessary to the life of the social organisation to have some
  • sort of currency, and the council had therefore to discover some real
  • value upon which to rest it. Various such apparently stable values as
  • land and hours of work were considered. Ultimately the government,
  • which was now in possession of most of the supplies of energy-releasing
  • material, fixed a certain number of units of energy as the value of a
  • gold sovereign, declared a sovereign to be worth exactly twenty marks,
  • twenty-five francs, five dollars, and so forth, with the other current
  • units of the world, and undertook, under various qualifications and
  • conditions, to deliver energy upon demand as payment for every sovereign
  • presented. On the whole, this worked satisfactorily. They saved the
  • face of the pound sterling. Coin was rehabilitated, and after a phase
  • of price fluctuations, began to settle down to definite equivalents and
  • uses again, with names and everyday values familiar to the common run of
  • people....
  • Section 8
  • As the Brissago council came to realise that what it had supposed to be
  • temporary camps of refugees were rapidly developing into great towns of
  • a new type, and that it was remoulding the world in spite of itself,
  • it decided to place this work of redistributing the non-agricultural
  • population in the hands of a compactor and better qualified special
  • committee. That committee is now, far more than the council of any
  • other of its delegated committees, the active government of the world.
  • Developed from an almost invisible germ of ‘town-planning’ that came
  • obscurely into existence in Europe or America (the question is still in
  • dispute) somewhere in the closing decades of the nineteenth century,
  • its work, the continual active planning and replanning of the world as
  • a place of human habitation, is now so to speak the collective material
  • activity of the race. The spontaneous, disorderly spreadings and
  • recessions of populations, as aimless and mechanical as the trickling
  • of spilt water, which was the substance of history for endless years,
  • giving rise here to congestions, here to chronic devastating wars, and
  • everywhere to a discomfort and disorderliness that was at its best only
  • picturesque, is at an end. Men spread now, with the whole power of the
  • race to aid them, into every available region of the earth. Their
  • cities are no longer tethered to running water and the proximity
  • of cultivation, their plans are no longer affected by strategic
  • considerations or thoughts of social insecurity. The aeroplane and
  • the nearly costless mobile car have abolished trade routes; a common
  • language and a universal law have abolished a thousand restraining
  • inconveniences, and so an astonishing dispersal of habitations has
  • begun. One may live anywhere. And so it is that our cities now are true
  • social gatherings, each with a character of its own and distinctive
  • interests of its own, and most of them with a common occupation. They
  • lie out in the former deserts, these long wasted sun-baths of the race,
  • they tower amidst eternal snows, they hide in remote islands, and bask
  • on broad lagoons. For a time the whole tendency of mankind was to desert
  • the river valleys in which the race had been cradled for half a million
  • years, but now that the War against Flies has been waged so successfully
  • that this pestilential branch of life is nearly extinct, they are
  • returning thither with a renewed appetite for gardens laced by
  • watercourses, for pleasant living amidst islands and houseboats and
  • bridges, and for nocturnal lanterns reflected by the sea.
  • Man who is ceasing to be an agricultural animal becomes more and more a
  • builder, a traveller, and a maker. How much he ceases to be a cultivator
  • of the soil the returns of the Redistribution Committee showed. Every
  • year the work of our scientific laboratories increases the productivity
  • and simplifies the labour of those who work upon the soil, and the food
  • now of the whole world is produced by less than one per cent. of its
  • population, a percentage which still tends to decrease. Far fewer people
  • are needed upon the land than training and proclivity dispose towards
  • it, and as a consequence of this excess of human attention, the garden
  • side of life, the creation of groves and lawns and vast regions of
  • beautiful flowers, has expanded enormously and continues to expand. For,
  • as agricultural method intensifies and the quota is raised, one farm
  • association after another, availing itself of the 1975 regulations,
  • elects to produce a public garden and pleasaunce in the place of its
  • former fields, and the area of freedom and beauty is increased. And the
  • chemists’ triumphs of synthesis, which could now give us an entirely
  • artificial food, remain largely in abeyance because it is so much more
  • pleasant and interesting to eat natural produce and to grow such things
  • upon the soil. Each year adds to the variety of our fruits and the
  • delightfulness of our flowers.
  • Section 9
  • The early years of the World Republic witnessed a certain recrudescence
  • of political adventure. There was, it is rather curious to note, no
  • revival of separatism after the face of King Ferdinand Charles had
  • vanished from the sight of men, but in a number of countries, as the
  • first urgent physical needs were met, there appeared a variety of
  • personalities having this in common, that they sought to revive
  • political trouble and clamber by its aid to positions of importance and
  • satisfaction. In no case did they speak in the name of kings, and it is
  • clear that monarchy must have been far gone in obsolescence before the
  • twentieth century began, but they made appeals to the large survivals
  • of nationalist and racial feeling that were everywhere to be found, they
  • alleged with considerable justice that the council was overriding racial
  • and national customs and disregarding religious rules. The great plain
  • of India was particularly prolific in such agitators. The revival of
  • newspapers, which had largely ceased during the terrible year because
  • of the dislocation of the coinage, gave a vehicle and a method of
  • organisation to these complaints. At first the council disregarded
  • this developing opposition, and then it recognised it with an entirely
  • devastating frankness.
  • Never, of course, had there been so provisional a government. It was of
  • an extravagant illegality. It was, indeed, hardly more than a club, a
  • club of about a hundred persons. At the outset there were ninety-three,
  • and these were increased afterwards by the issue of invitations which
  • more than balanced its deaths, to as many at one time as one hundred
  • and nineteen. Always its constitution has been miscellaneous. At no time
  • were these invitations issued with an admission that they recognised a
  • right. The old institution or monarchy had come out unexpectedly well in
  • the light of the new regime. Nine of the original members of the
  • first government were crowned heads who had resigned their separate
  • sovereignty, and at no time afterwards did the number of its royal
  • members sink below six. In their case there was perhaps a kind of
  • attenuated claim to rule, but except for them and the still more
  • infinitesimal pretensions of one or two ex-presidents of republics, no
  • member of the council had even the shade of a right to his participation
  • in its power. It was natural, therefore, that its opponents should find
  • a common ground in a clamour for representative government, and build
  • high hopes upon a return, to parliamentary institutions.
  • The council decided to give them everything they wanted, but in a
  • form that suited ill with their aspirations. It became at one stroke a
  • representative body. It became, indeed, magnificently representative. It
  • became so representative that the politicians were drowned in a deluge
  • of votes. Every adult of either sex from pole to pole was given a vote,
  • and the world was divided into ten constituencies, which voted on the
  • same day by means of a simple modification of the world post. Membership
  • of the government, it was decided, must be for life, save in the
  • exceptional case of a recall; but the elections, which were held
  • quinquenially, were arranged to add fifty members on each occasion. The
  • method of proportional representation with one transferable vote was
  • adopted, and the voter might also write upon his voting paper in a
  • specially marked space, the name of any of his representatives that he
  • wished to recall. A ruler was recallable by as many votes as the quota
  • by which he had been elected, and the original members by as many votes
  • in any constituency as the returning quotas in the first election.
  • Upon these conditions the council submitted itself very cheerfully to
  • the suffrages of the world. None of its members were recalled, and its
  • fifty new associates, which included twenty-seven which it had seen fit
  • to recommend, were of an altogether too miscellaneous quality to disturb
  • the broad trend of its policy. Its freedom from rules or formalities
  • prevented any obstructive proceedings, and when one of the two newly
  • arrived Home Rule members for India sought for information how to bring
  • in a bill, they learnt simply that bills were not brought in. They asked
  • for the speaker, and were privileged to hear much ripe wisdom from
  • the ex-king Egbert, who was now consciously among the seniors of the
  • gathering. Thereafter they were baffled men....
  • But already by that time the work of the council was drawing to an end.
  • It was concerned not so much for the continuation of its construction
  • as for the preservation of its accomplished work from the dramatic
  • instincts of the politician.
  • The life of the race becomes indeed more and more independent of the
  • formal government. The council, in its opening phase, was heroic in
  • spirit; a dragon-slaying body, it slashed out of existence a vast,
  • knotted tangle of obsolete ideas and clumsy and jealous proprietorships;
  • it secured by a noble system of institutional precautions, freedom of
  • inquiry, freedom of criticism, free communications, a common basis of
  • education and understanding, and freedom from economic oppression. With
  • that its creative task was accomplished. It became more and more an
  • established security and less and less an active intervention. There is
  • nothing in our time to correspond with the continual petty making and
  • entangling of laws in an atmosphere of contention that is perhaps the
  • most perplexing aspect of constitutional history in the nineteenth
  • century. In that age they seem to have been perpetually making laws when
  • we should alter regulations. The work of change which we delegate to
  • these scientific committees of specific general direction which have
  • the special knowledge needed, and which are themselves dominated by
  • the broad intellectual process of the community, was in those days
  • inextricably mixed up with legislation. They fought over the details; we
  • should as soon think of fighting over the arrangement of the parts of
  • a machine. We know nowadays that such things go on best within laws, as
  • life goes on between earth and sky. And so it is that government gathers
  • now for a day or so in each year under the sunshine of Brissago when
  • Saint Bruno’s lilies are in flower, and does little more than bless the
  • work of its committees. And even these committees are less originative
  • and more expressive of the general thought than they were at first. It
  • becomes difficult to mark out the particular directive personalities
  • of the world. Continually we are less personal. Every good thought
  • contributes now, and every able brain falls within that informal and
  • dispersed kingship which gathers together into one purpose the energies
  • of the race.
  • Section 10
  • It is doubtful if we shall ever see again a phase of human existence in
  • which ‘politics,’ that is to say a partisan interference with the ruling
  • sanities of the world, will be the dominant interest among serious men.
  • We seem to have entered upon an entirely new phase in history in which
  • contention as distinguished from rivalry, has almost abruptly ceased to
  • be the usual occupation, and has become at most a subdued and hidden
  • and discredited thing. Contentious professions cease to be an honourable
  • employment for men. The peace between nations is also a peace between
  • individuals. We live in a world that comes of age. Man the warrior, man
  • the lawyer, and all the bickering aspects of life, pass into obscurity;
  • the grave dreamers, man the curious learner, and man the creative
  • artist, come forward to replace these barbaric aspects of existence by a
  • less ignoble adventure.
  • There is no natural life of man. He is, and always has been, a sheath
  • of varied and even incompatible possibilities, a palimpsest of inherited
  • dispositions. It was the habit of many writers in the early twentieth
  • century to speak of competition and the narrow, private life of trade
  • and saving and suspicious isolation as though such things were in some
  • exceptional way proper to the human constitution, and as though openness
  • of mind and a preference for achievement over possession were abnormal
  • and rather unsubstantial qualities. How wrong that was the history
  • of the decades immediately following the establishment of the world
  • republic witnesses. Once the world was released from the hardening
  • insecurities of a needless struggle for life that was collectively
  • planless and individually absorbing, it became apparent that there was
  • in the vast mass of people a long, smothered passion to make things. The
  • world broke out into making, and at first mainly into aesthetic
  • making. This phase of history, which has been not inaptly termed the
  • ‘Efflorescence,’ is still, to a large extent, with us. The majority
  • of our population consists of artists, and the bulk of activity in
  • the world lies no longer with necessities but with their elaboration,
  • decoration, and refinement. There has been an evident change in the
  • quality of this making during recent years. It becomes more purposeful
  • than it was, losing something of its first elegance and prettiness and
  • gaining in intensity; but that is a change rather of hue than of nature.
  • That comes with a deepening philosophy and a sounder education. For the
  • first joyous exercises of fancy we perceive now the deliberation of a
  • more constructive imagination. There is a natural order in these things,
  • and art comes before science as the satisfaction of more elemental needs
  • must come before art, and as play and pleasure come in a human life
  • before the development of a settled purpose....
  • For thousands of years this gathering impulse to creative work must have
  • struggled in man against the limitations imposed upon him by his social
  • ineptitude. It was a long smouldering fire that flamed out at last
  • in all these things. The evidence of a pathetic, perpetually thwarted
  • urgency to make something, is one of the most touching aspects of the
  • relics and records of our immediate ancestors. There exists still in the
  • death area about the London bombs, a region of deserted small homes that
  • furnish the most illuminating comment on the old state of affairs.
  • These homes are entirely horrible, uniform, square, squat, hideously
  • proportioned, uncomfortable, dingy, and in some respects quite filthy,
  • only people in complete despair of anything better could have lived
  • in them, but to each is attached a ridiculous little rectangle of land
  • called ‘the garden,’ containing usually a prop for drying clothes and
  • a loathsome box of offal, the dustbin, full of egg-shells, cinders, and
  • such-like refuse. Now that one may go about this region in comparitive
  • security--for the London radiations have dwindled to inconsiderable
  • proportions--it is possible to trace in nearly every one of
  • these gardens some effort to make. Here it is a poor little plank
  • summer-house, here it is a ‘fountain’ of bricks and oyster-shells, here
  • a ‘rockery,’ here a ‘workshop.’ And in the houses everywhere there
  • are pitiful little decorations, clumsy models, feeble drawings. These
  • efforts are almost incredibly inept, like the drawings of blindfolded
  • men, they are only one shade less harrowing to a sympathetic observer
  • than the scratchings one finds upon the walls of the old prisons, but
  • there they are, witnessing to the poor buried instincts that struggled
  • up towards the light. That god of joyous expression our poor fathers
  • ignorantly sought, our freedom has declared to us....
  • In the old days the common ambition of every simple soul was to possess
  • a little property, a patch of land, a house uncontrolled by others, an
  • ‘independence’ as the English used to put it. And what made this desire
  • for freedom and prosperity so strong, was very evidently the dream of
  • self-expression, of doing something with it, of playing with it, of
  • making a personal delightfulness, a distinctiveness. Property was never
  • more than a means to an end, nor avarice more than a perversion. Men
  • owned in order to do freely. Now that every one has his own apartments
  • and his own privacy secure, this disposition to own has found its
  • release in a new direction. Men study and save and strive that they may
  • leave behind them a series of panels in some public arcade, a row
  • of carven figures along a terrace, a grove, a pavilion. Or they give
  • themselves to the penetration of some still opaque riddle in phenomena
  • as once men gave themselves to the accumulation of riches. The work that
  • was once the whole substance of social existence--for most men spent all
  • their lives in earning a living--is now no more than was the burden upon
  • one of those old climbers who carried knapsacks of provisions on their
  • backs in order that they might ascend mountains. It matters little to
  • the easy charities of our emancipated time that most people who have
  • made their labour contribution produce neither new beauty nor new
  • wisdom, but are simply busy about those pleasant activities and
  • enjoyments that reassure them that they are alive. They help, it may be,
  • by reception and reverberation, and they hinder nothing. ...
  • Section 11
  • Now all this phase of gigantic change in the contours and appearances
  • of human life which is going on about us, a change as rapid and as
  • wonderful as the swift ripening of adolescence to manhood after the
  • barbaric boyish years, is correlated with moral and mental changes at
  • least as unprecedented. It is not as if old things were going out
  • of life and new things coming in, it is rather that the altered
  • circumstances of men are making an appeal to elements in his nature
  • that have hitherto been suppressed, and checking tendencies that have
  • hitherto been over-stimulated and over-developed. He has not so much
  • grown and altered his essential being as turned new aspects to the
  • light. Such turnings round into a new attitude the world has seen on a
  • less extensive scale before. The Highlanders of the seventeenth century,
  • for example, were cruel and bloodthirsty robbers, in the nineteenth
  • their descendants were conspicuously trusty and honourable men. There
  • was not a people in Western Europe in the early twentieth century that
  • seemed capable of hideous massacres, and none that had not been guilty
  • of them within the previous two centuries. The free, frank, kindly,
  • gentle life of the prosperous classes in any European country before the
  • years of the last wars was in a different world of thought and feeling
  • from that of the dingy, suspicious, secretive, and uncharitable
  • existence of the respectable poor, or the constant personal violence,
  • the squalor and naive passions of the lowest stratum. Yet there were
  • no real differences of blood and inherent quality between these worlds;
  • their differences were all in circumstances, suggestion, and habits of
  • mind. And turning to more individual instances the constantly observed
  • difference between one portion of a life and another consequent upon
  • a religious conversion, were a standing example of the versatile
  • possibilities of human nature.
  • The catastrophe of the atomic bombs which shook men out of cities and
  • businesses and economic relations shook them also out of their old
  • established habits of thought, and out of the lightly held beliefs and
  • prejudices that came down to them from the past. To borrow a word from
  • the old-fashioned chemists, men were made nascent; they were released
  • from old ties; for good or evil they were ready for new associations.
  • The council carried them forward for good; perhaps if his bombs had
  • reached their destination King Ferdinand Charles might have carried them
  • back to an endless chain of evils. But his task would have been a harder
  • one than the council’s. The moral shock of the atomic bombs had been a
  • profound one, and for a while the cunning side of the human animal
  • was overpowered by its sincere realisation of the vital necessity for
  • reconstruction. The litigious and trading spirits cowered together,
  • scared at their own consequences; men thought twice before they sought
  • mean advantages in the face of the unusual eagerness to realise new
  • aspirations, and when at last the weeds revived again and ‘claims’ began
  • to sprout, they sprouted upon the stony soil of law-courts reformed,
  • of laws that pointed to the future instead of the past, and under
  • the blazing sunshine of a transforming world. A new literature, a new
  • interpretation of history were springing into existence, a new teaching
  • was already in the schools, a new faith in the young. The worthy man
  • who forestalled the building of a research city for the English upon
  • the Sussex downs by buying up a series of estates, was dispossessed
  • and laughed out of court when he made his demand for some preposterous
  • compensation; the owner of the discredited Dass patents makes his last
  • appearance upon the scroll of history as the insolvent proprietor of
  • a paper called The Cry for Justice, in which he duns the world for a
  • hundred million pounds. That was the ingenuous Dass’s idea of justice,
  • that he ought to be paid about five million pounds annually because he
  • had annexed the selvage of one of Holsten’s discoveries. Dass came
  • at last to believe quite firmly in his right, and he died a victim of
  • conspiracy mania in a private hospital at Nice. Both of these men
  • would probably have ended their days enormously wealthy, and of course
  • ennobled in the England of the opening twentieth century, and it is just
  • this novelty of their fates that marks the quality of the new age.
  • The new government early discovered the need of a universal education
  • to fit men to the great conceptions of its universal rule. It made no
  • wrangling attacks on the local, racial, and sectarian forms of religious
  • profession that at that time divided the earth into a patchwork of
  • hatreds and distrusts; it left these organisations to make their peace
  • with God in their own time; but it proclaimed as if it were a mere
  • secular truth that sacrifice was expected from all, that respect had to
  • be shown to all; it revived schools or set them up afresh all around the
  • world, and everywhere these schools taught the history of war and the
  • consequences and moral of the Last War; everywhere it was taught not as
  • a sentiment but as a matter of fact that the salvation of the world from
  • waste and contention was the common duty and occupation of all men and
  • women. These things which are now the elementary commonplaces of human
  • intercourse seemed to the councillors of Brissago, when first they dared
  • to proclaim them, marvellously daring discoveries, not untouched by
  • doubt, that flushed the cheek and fired the eye.
  • The council placed all this educational reconstruction in the hands of
  • a committee of men and women, which did its work during the next few
  • decades with remarkable breadth and effectiveness. This educational
  • committee was, and is, the correlative upon the mental and spiritual
  • side of the redistribution committee. And prominent upon it, and indeed
  • for a time quite dominating it, was a Russian named Karenin, who was
  • singular in being a congenital cripple. His body was bent so that he
  • walked with difficulty, suffered much pain as he grew older, and had
  • at last to undergo two operations. The second killed him. Already
  • malformation, which was to be seen in every crowd during the middle ages
  • so that the crippled beggar was, as it were, an essential feature of
  • the human spectacle, was becoming a strange thing in the world. It had a
  • curious effect upon Karenin’s colleagues; their feeling towards him was
  • mingled with pity and a sense of inhumanity that it needed usage rather
  • than reason to overcome. He had a strong face, with little bright brown
  • eyes rather deeply sunken and a large resolute thin-lipped mouth. His
  • skin was very yellow and wrinkled, and his hair iron gray. He was at all
  • times an impatient and sometimes an angry man, but this was forgiven him
  • because of the hot wire of suffering that was manifestly thrust through
  • his being. At the end of his life his personal prestige was very great.
  • To him far more than to any contemporary is it due that self-abnegation,
  • self-identification with the world spirit, was made the basis of
  • universal education. That general memorandum to the teachers which is
  • the key-note of the modern educational system, was probably entirely his
  • work.
  • ‘Whosoever would save his soul shall lose it,’ he wrote. ‘That is the
  • device upon the seal of this document, and the starting point of all
  • we have to do. It is a mistake to regard it as anything but a plain
  • statement of fact. It is the basis for your work. You have to teach
  • self-forgetfulness, and everything else that you have to teach is
  • contributory and subordinate to that end. Education is the release
  • of man from self. You have to widen the horizons of your children,
  • encourage and intensify their curiosity and their creative impulses, and
  • cultivate and enlarge their sympathies. That is what you are for. Under
  • your guidance and the suggestions you will bring to bear on them, they
  • have to shed the old Adam of instinctive suspicions, hostilities,
  • and passions, and to find themselves again in the great being of the
  • universe. The little circles of their egotisms have to be opened out
  • until they become arcs in the sweep of the racial purpose. And this
  • that you teach to others you must learn also sedulously yourselves.
  • Philosophy, discovery, art, every sort of skill, every sort of service,
  • love: these are the means of salvation from that narrow loneliness
  • of desire, that brooding preoccupation with self and egotistical
  • relationships, which is hell for the individual, treason to the race,
  • and exile from God....’
  • Section 12
  • As things round themselves off and accomplish themselves, one begins for
  • the first time to see them clearly. From the perspectives of a new age
  • one can look back upon the great and widening stream of literature with
  • a complete understanding. Things link up that seemed disconnected, and
  • things that were once condemned as harsh and aimless are seen to be but
  • factors in the statement of a gigantic problem. An enormous bulk of the
  • sincerer writing of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries
  • falls together now into an unanticipated unanimity; one sees it as a
  • huge tissue of variations upon one theme, the conflict of human egotism
  • and personal passion and narrow imaginations on the one hand, against
  • the growing sense of wider necessities and a possible, more spacious
  • life.
  • That conflict is in evidence in so early a work as Voltaire’s Candide,
  • for example, in which the desire for justice as well as happiness beats
  • against human contrariety and takes refuge at last in a forced and
  • inconclusive contentment with little things. Candide was but one of
  • the pioneers of a literature of uneasy complaint that was presently
  • an innumerable multitude of books. The novels more particularly of the
  • nineteenth century, if one excludes the mere story-tellers from our
  • consideration, witness to this uneasy realisation of changes that call
  • for effort and of the lack of that effort. In a thousand aspects,
  • now tragically, now comically, now with a funny affectation of divine
  • detachment, a countless host of witnesses tell their story of lives
  • fretting between dreams and limitations. Now one laughs, now one
  • weeps, now one reads with a blank astonishment at this huge and almost
  • unpremeditated record of how the growing human spirit, now warily, now
  • eagerly, now furiously, and always, as it seems, unsuccessfully, tried
  • to adapt itself to the maddening misfit of its patched and ancient
  • garments. And always in these books as one draws nearer to the heart
  • of the matter there comes a disconcerting evasion. It was the fantastic
  • convention of the time that a writer should not touch upon religion.
  • To do so was to rouse the jealous fury of the great multitude of
  • professional religious teachers. It was permitted to state the discord,
  • but it was forbidden to glance at any possible reconciliation. Religion
  • was the privilege of the pulpit....
  • It was not only from the novels that religion was omitted. It was
  • ignored by the newspapers; it was pedantically disregarded in the
  • discussion of business questions, it played a trivial and apologetic
  • part in public affairs. And this was done not out of contempt but
  • respect. The hold of the old religious organisations upon men’s respect
  • was still enormous, so enormous that there seemed to be a quality of
  • irreverence in applying religion to the developments of every day. This
  • strange suspension of religion lasted over into the beginnings of the
  • new age. It was the clear vision of Marcus Karenin much more than any
  • other contemporary influence which brought it back into the texture
  • of human life. He saw religion without hallucinations, without
  • superstitious reverence, as a common thing as necessary as food and
  • air, as land and energy to the life of man and the well-being of the
  • Republic. He saw that indeed it had already percolated away from the
  • temples and hierarchies and symbols in which men had sought to imprison
  • it, that it was already at work anonymously and obscurely in the
  • universal acceptance of the greater state. He gave it clearer
  • expression, rephrased it to the lights and perspectives of the new
  • dawn....
  • But if we return to our novels for our evidence of the spirit of the
  • times it becomes evident as one reads them in their chronological order,
  • so far as that is now ascertainable, that as one comes to the latter
  • nineteenth and the earlier twentieth century the writers are much
  • more acutely aware of secular change than their predecessors were. The
  • earlier novelists tried to show ‘life as it is,’ the latter showed
  • life as it changes. More and more of their characters are engaged in
  • adaptation to change or suffering from the effects of world changes. And
  • as we come up to the time of the Last Wars, this newer conception of the
  • everyday life as a reaction to an accelerated development is continually
  • more manifest. Barnet’s book, which has served us so well, is frankly a
  • picture of the world coming about like a ship that sails into the wind.
  • Our later novelists give a vast gallery of individual conflicts in which
  • old habits and customs, limited ideas, ungenerous temperaments, and
  • innate obsessions are pitted against this great opening out of life that
  • has happened to us. They tell us of the feelings of old people who have
  • been wrenched away from familiar surroundings, and how they have had to
  • make peace with uncomfortable comforts and conveniences that are still
  • strange to them. They give us the discord between the opening egotisms
  • of youths and the ill-defined limitations of a changing social life.
  • They tell of the universal struggle of jealousy to capture and cripple
  • our souls, of romantic failures and tragical misconceptions of the trend
  • of the world, of the spirit of adventure, and the urgency of curiosity,
  • and how these serve the universal drift. And all their stories lead
  • in the end either to happiness missed or happiness won, to disaster or
  • salvation. The clearer their vision and the subtler their art, the more
  • certainly do these novels tell of the possibility of salvation for all
  • the world. For any road in life leads to religion for those upon it who
  • will follow it far enough....
  • It would have seemed a strange thing to the men of the former time
  • that it should be an open question as it is to-day whether the world
  • is wholly Christian or not Christian at all. But assuredly we have
  • the spirit, and as surely have we left many temporary forms behind.
  • Christianity was the first expression of world religion, the first
  • complete repudiation of tribalism and war and disputation. That it fell
  • presently into the ways of more ancient rituals cannot alter that.
  • The common sense of mankind has toiled through two thousand years of
  • chastening experience to find at last how sound a meaning attaches to
  • the familiar phrases of the Christian faith. The scientific thinker
  • as he widens out to the moral problems of the collective life, comes
  • inevitably upon the words of Christ, and as inevitably does the
  • Christian, as his thought grows clearer, arrive at the world
  • republic. As for the claims of the sects, as for the use of a name and
  • successions, we live in a time that has shaken itself free from such
  • claims and consistencies.
  • CHAPTER THE FIFTH
  • THE LAST DAYS OF MARCUS KARENIN
  • Section 1
  • The second operation upon Marcus Karenin was performed at the new
  • station for surgical work at Paran, high in the Himalayas above the
  • Sutlej Gorge, where it comes down out of Thibet.
  • It is a place of such wildness and beauty as no other scenery in the
  • world affords. The granite terrace which runs round the four sides
  • of the low block of laboratories looks out in every direction upon
  • mountains. Far below in the hidden depths of a shadowy blue cleft, the
  • river pours down in its tumultuous passage to the swarming plains of
  • India. No sound of its roaring haste comes up to those serenities.
  • Beyond that blue gulf, in which whole forests of giant deodars seem no
  • more than small patches of moss, rise vast precipices of many-coloured
  • rock, fretted above, lined by snowfalls, and jagged into pinnacles.
  • These are the northward wall of a towering wilderness of ice and snow
  • which clambers southward higher and wilder and vaster to the culminating
  • summits of our globe, to Dhaulagiri and Everest. Here are cliffs of
  • which no other land can show the like, and deep chasms in which Mt.
  • Blanc might be plunged and hidden. Here are icefields as big as inland
  • seas on which the tumbled boulders lie so thickly that strange little
  • flowers can bloom among them under the untempered sunshine. To the
  • northward, and blocking out any vision of the uplands of Thibet, rises
  • that citadel of porcelain, that gothic pile, the Lio Porgyul, walls,
  • towers, and peaks, a clear twelve thousand feet of veined and splintered
  • rock above the river. And beyond it and eastward and westward rise peaks
  • behind peaks, against the dark blue Himalayan sky. Far away below to the
  • south the clouds of the Indian rains pile up abruptly and are stayed by
  • an invisible hand.
  • Hither it was that with a dreamlike swiftness Karenin flew high over
  • the irrigations of Rajputana and the towers and cupolas of the ultimate
  • Delhi; and the little group of buildings, albeit the southward wall
  • dropped nearly five hundred feet, seemed to him as he soared down to it
  • like a toy lost among these mountain wildernesses. No road came up to
  • this place; it was reached only by flight.
  • His pilot descended to the great courtyard, and Karenin assisted by his
  • secretary clambered down through the wing fabric and made his way to the
  • officials who came out to receive him.
  • In this place, beyond infections and noise and any distractions, surgery
  • had made for itself a house of research and a healing fastness. The
  • building itself would have seemed very wonderful to eyes accustomed to
  • the flimsy architecture of an age when power was precious. It was made
  • of granite, already a little roughened on the outside by frost, but
  • polished within and of a tremendous solidity. And in a honeycomb of
  • subtly lit apartments, were the spotless research benches, the operating
  • tables, the instruments of brass, and fine glass and platinum and gold.
  • Men and women came from all parts of the world for study or experimental
  • research. They wore a common uniform of white and ate at long tables
  • together, but the patients lived in an upper part of the buildings, and
  • were cared for by nurses and skilled attendants....
  • The first man to greet Karenin was Ciana, the scientific director of the
  • institution. Beside him was Rachel Borken, the chief organiser. ‘You are
  • tired?’ she asked, and old Karenin shook his head.
  • ‘Cramped,’ he said. ‘I have wanted to visit such a place as this.’
  • He spoke as if he had no other business with them.
  • There was a little pause.
  • ‘How many scientific people have you got here now?’ he asked.
  • ‘Just three hundred and ninety-two,’ said Rachel Borken.
  • ‘And the patients and attendants and so on?’
  • ‘Two thousand and thirty.’
  • ‘I shall be a patient,’ said Karenin. ‘I shall have to be a patient. But
  • I should like to see things first. Presently I will be a patient.’
  • ‘You will come to my rooms?’ suggested Ciana.
  • ‘And then I must talk to this doctor of yours,’ said Karenin. ‘But I
  • would like to see a bit of this place and talk to some of your people
  • before it comes to that.’
  • He winced and moved forward.
  • ‘I have left most of my work in order,’ he said.
  • ‘You have been working hard up to now?’ asked Rachel Borken.
  • ‘Yes. And now I have nothing more to do--and it seems strange.... And
  • it’s a bother, this illness and having to come down to oneself. This
  • doorway and the row of windows is well done; the gray granite and just
  • the line of gold, and then those mountains beyond through that arch.
  • It’s very well done....’
  • Section 2
  • Karenin lay on the bed with a soft white rug about him, and Fowler, who
  • was to be his surgeon sat on the edge of the bed and talked to him.
  • An assistant was seated quietly in the shadow behind the bed. The
  • examination had been made, and Karenin knew what was before him. He was
  • tired but serene.
  • ‘So I shall die,’ he said, ‘unless you operate?’
  • Fowler assented. ‘And then,’ said Karenin, smiling, ‘probably I shall
  • die.’
  • ‘Not certainly.’
  • ‘Even if I do not die; shall I be able to work?’
  • ‘There is just a chance....’
  • ‘So firstly I shall probably die, and if I do not, then perhaps I shall
  • be a useless invalid?’
  • ‘I think if you live, you may be able to go on--as you do now.’
  • ‘Well, then, I suppose I must take the risk of it. Yet couldn’t
  • you, Fowler, couldn’t you drug me and patch me instead of all
  • this--vivisection? A few days of drugged and active life--and then the
  • end?’
  • Fowler thought. ‘We are not sure enough yet to do things like that,’ he
  • said.
  • ‘But a day is coming when you will be certain.’
  • Fowler nodded.
  • ‘You make me feel as though I was the last of deformity--Deformity is
  • uncertainty--inaccuracy. My body works doubtfully, it is not even sure
  • that it will die or live. I suppose the time is not far off when such
  • bodies as mine will no longer be born into the world.’
  • ‘You see,’ said Fowler, after a little pause, ‘it is necessary that
  • spirits such as yours should be born into the world.’
  • ‘I suppose,’ said Karenin, ‘that my spirit has had its use. But if you
  • think that is because my body is as it is I think you are mistaken.
  • There is no peculiar virtue in defect. I have always chafed against--all
  • this. If I could have moved more freely and lived a larger life in
  • health I could have done more. But some day perhaps you will be able to
  • put a body that is wrong altogether right again. Your science is only
  • beginning. It’s a subtler thing than physics and chemistry, and it takes
  • longer to produce its miracles. And meanwhile a few more of us must die
  • in patience.’
  • ‘Fine work is being done and much of it,’ said Fowler. ‘I can say as
  • much because I have nothing to do with it. I can understand a lesson,
  • appreciate the discoveries of abler men and use my hands, but those
  • others, Pigou, Masterton, Lie, and the others, they are clearing the
  • ground fast for the knowledge to come. Have you had time to follow their
  • work?’
  • Karenin shook his head. ‘But I can imagine the scope of it,’ he said.
  • ‘We have so many men working now,’ said Fowler. ‘I suppose at
  • present there must be at least a thousand thinking hard, observing,
  • experimenting, for one who did so in nineteen hundred.’
  • ‘Not counting those who keep the records?’
  • ‘Not counting those. Of course, the present indexing of research is
  • in itself a very big work, and it is only now that we are getting it
  • properly done. But already we are feeling the benefit of that. Since it
  • ceased to be a paid employment and became a devotion we have had only
  • those people who obeyed the call of an aptitude at work upon these
  • things. Here--I must show you it to-day, because it will interest
  • you--we have our copy of the encyclopaedic index--every week sheets are
  • taken out and replaced by fresh sheets with new results that are brought
  • to us by the aeroplanes of the Research Department. It is an index of
  • knowledge that grows continually, an index that becomes continually
  • truer. There was never anything like it before.’
  • ‘When I came into the education committee,’ said Karenin, ‘that index
  • of human knowledge seemed an impossible thing. Research had produced
  • a chaotic mountain of results, in a hundred languages and a thousand
  • different types of publication....’ He smiled at his memories. ‘How
  • we groaned at the job!’
  • ‘Already the ordering of that chaos is nearly done. You shall see.’
  • ‘I have been so busy with my own work----Yes, I shall be glad to see.’
  • The patient regarded the surgeon for a time with interested eyes.
  • ‘You work here always?’ he asked abruptly.
  • ‘No,’ said Fowler.
  • ‘But mostly you work here?’
  • ‘I have worked about seven years out of the past ten. At times I go
  • away--down there. One has to. At least I have to. There is a sort of
  • grayness comes over all this, one feels hungry for life, real, personal
  • passionate life, love-making, eating and drinking for the fun of
  • the thing, jostling crowds, having adventures, laughter--above all
  • laughter----’
  • ‘Yes,’ said Karenin understandingly.
  • ‘And then one day, suddenly one thinks of these high mountains
  • again....’
  • ‘That is how I would have lived, if it had not been for my--defects,’
  • said Karenin. ‘Nobody knows but those who have borne it the exasperation
  • of abnormality. It will be good when you have nobody alive whose body
  • cannot live the wholesome everyday life, whose spirit cannot come up
  • into these high places as it wills.’
  • ‘We shall manage that soon,’ said Fowler.
  • ‘For endless generations man has struggled upward against the
  • indignities of his body--and the indignities of his soul. Pains,
  • incapacities, vile fears, black moods, despairs. How well I’ve known
  • them. They’ve taken more time than all your holidays. It is true, is it
  • not, that every man is something of a cripple and something of a beast?
  • I’ve dipped a little deeper than most; that’s all. It’s only now when he
  • has fully learnt the truth of that, that he can take hold of himself to
  • be neither beast nor cripple. Now that he overcomes his servitude to
  • his body, he can for the first time think of living the full life of his
  • body.... Before another generation dies you’ll have the thing in hand.
  • You’ll do as you please with the old Adam and all the vestiges from the
  • brutes and reptiles that lurk in his body and spirit. Isn’t that so?’
  • ‘You put it boldly,’ said Fowler.
  • Karenin laughed cheerfully at his caution.... ‘When,’ asked Karenin
  • suddenly, ‘when will you operate?’
  • ‘The day after to-morrow,’ said Fowler. ‘For a day I want you to drink
  • and eat as I shall prescribe. And you may think and talk as you please.’
  • ‘I should like to see this place.’
  • ‘You shall go through it this afternoon. I will have two men carry
  • you in a litter. And to-morrow you shall lie out upon the terrace. Our
  • mountains here are the most beautiful in the world....’
  • Section 3
  • The next morning Karenin got up early and watched the sun rise over
  • the mountains, and breakfasted lightly, and then young Gardener, his
  • secretary, came to consult him upon the spending of his day. Would he
  • care to see people? Or was this gnawing pain within him too much to
  • permit him to do that?
  • ‘I’d like to talk,’ said Karenin. ‘There must be all sorts of
  • lively-minded people here. Let them come and gossip with me. It will
  • distract me--and I can’t tell you how interesting it makes everything
  • that is going on to have seen the dawn of one’s own last day.’
  • ‘Your last day!’
  • ‘Fowler will kill me.’
  • ‘But he thinks not.’
  • ‘Fowler will kill me. If he does not he will not leave very much of me.
  • So that this is my last day anyhow, the days afterwards if they come at
  • all to me, will be refuse. I know....’
  • Gardener was about to speak when Karenin went on again.
  • ‘I hope he kills me, Gardener. Don’t be--old-fashioned. The thing I am
  • most afraid of is that last rag of life. I may just go on--a scarred
  • salvage of suffering stuff. And then--all the things I have hidden and
  • kept down or discounted or set right afterwards will get the better of
  • me. I shall be peevish. I may lose my grip upon my own egotism. It’s
  • never been a very firm grip. No, no, Gardener, don’t say that! You know
  • better, you’ve had glimpses of it. Suppose I came through on the other
  • side of this affair, belittled, vain, and spiteful, using the prestige I
  • have got among men by my good work in the past just to serve some small
  • invalid purpose....’
  • He was silent for a time, watching the mists among the distant
  • precipices change to clouds of light, and drift and dissolve before the
  • searching rays of the sunrise.
  • ‘Yes,’ he said at last, ‘I am afraid of these anaesthetics and these fag
  • ends of life. It’s life we are all afraid of. Death!--nobody minds just
  • death. Fowler is clever--but some day surgery will know its duty better
  • and not be so anxious just to save something . . . provided only that
  • it quivers. I’ve tried to hold my end up properly and do my work. After
  • Fowler has done with me I am certain I shall be unfit for work--and what
  • else is there for me? . . . I know I shall not be fit for work....
  • ‘I do not see why life should be judged by its last trailing thread of
  • vitality.... I know it for the splendid thing it is--I who have been
  • a diseased creature from the beginning. I know it well enough not to
  • confuse it with its husks. Remember that, Gardener, if presently my
  • heart fails me and I despair, and if I go through a little phase of pain
  • and ingratitude and dark forgetfulness before the end.... Don’t believe
  • what I may say at the last.... If the fabric is good enough the selvage
  • doesn’t matter. It can’t matter. So long as you are alive you are just
  • the moment, perhaps, but when you are dead then you are all your life
  • from the first moment to the last....’
  • Section 4
  • Presently, in accordance with his wish, people came to talk to him, and
  • he could forget himself again. Rachel Borken sat for a long time with
  • him and talked chiefly of women in the world, and with her was a girl
  • named Edith Haydon who was already very well known as a cytologist. And
  • several of the younger men who were working in the place and a patient
  • named Kahn, a poet, and Edwards, a designer of plays and shows, spent
  • some time with him. The talk wandered from point to point and came
  • back upon itself, and became now earnest and now trivial as the chance
  • suggestions determined. But soon afterwards Gardener wrote down notes
  • of things he remembered, and it is possible to put together again the
  • outlook of Karenin upon the world and how he thought and felt about many
  • of the principal things in life.
  • ‘Our age,’ he said, ‘has been so far an age of scene-shifting. We have
  • been preparing a stage, clearing away the setting of a drama that was
  • played out and growing tiresome.... If I could but sit out the first few
  • scenes of the new spectacle....
  • ‘How encumbered the world had become! It was ailing as I am ailing with
  • a growth of unmeaning things. It was entangled, feverish, confused. It
  • was in sore need of release, and I suppose that nothing less than the
  • violence of those bombs could have released it and made it a healthy
  • world again. I suppose they were necessary. Just as everything turns
  • to evil in a fevered body so everything seemed turning to evil in those
  • last years of the old time. Everywhere there were obsolete organisations
  • seizing upon all the new fine things that science was giving to the
  • world, nationalities, all sorts of political bodies, the churches and
  • sects, proprietorship, seizing upon those treat powers and limitless
  • possibilities and turning them to evil uses. And they would not suffer
  • open speech, they would not permit of education, they would let no one
  • be educated to the needs of the new time.... You who are younger cannot
  • imagine the mixture of desperate hope and protesting despair in which we
  • who could believe in the possibilities of science lived in those years
  • before atomic energy came....
  • ‘It was not only that the mass of people would not attend, would not
  • understand, but that those who did understand lacked the power of real
  • belief. They said the things, they saw the things, and the things meant
  • nothing to them....
  • ‘I have been reading some old papers lately. It is wonderful how our
  • fathers bore themselves towards science. They hated it. They feared
  • it. They permitted a few scientific men to exist and work--a pitiful
  • handful.... “Don’t find out anything about us,” they said to them;
  • “don’t inflict vision upon us, spare our little ways of life from the
  • fearful shaft of understanding. But do tricks for us, little limited
  • tricks. Give us cheap lighting. And cure us of certain disagreeable
  • things, cure us of cancer, cure us of consumption, cure our colds and
  • relieve us after repletion....” We have changed all that, Gardener.
  • Science is no longer our servant. We know it for something greater than
  • our little individual selves. It is the awakening mind of the race, and
  • in a little while----In a little while----I wish indeed I could watch
  • for that little while, now that the curtain has risen....
  • ‘While I lie here they are clearing up what is left of the bombs in
  • London,’ he said. ‘Then they are going to repair the ruins and make it
  • all as like as possible to its former condition before the bombs fell.
  • Perhaps they will dig out the old house in St John’s Wood to which
  • my father went after his expulsion from Russia.... That London of my
  • memories seems to me like a place in another world. For you younger
  • people it must seem like a place that could never have existed.’
  • ‘Is there much left standing?’ asked Edith Haydon.
  • ‘Square miles that are scarcely shaken in the south and north-west, they
  • say; and most of the bridges and large areas of dock. Westminster, which
  • held most of the government offices, suffered badly from the small bomb
  • that destroyed the Parliament, there are very few traces of the old
  • thoroughfare of Whitehall or the Government region thereabout, but there
  • are plentiful drawings to scale of its buildings, and the great hole in
  • the east of London scarcely matters. That was a poor district and very
  • like the north and the south.... It will be possible to reconstruct
  • most of it.... It is wanted. Already it becomes difficult to recall
  • the old time--even for us who saw it.’
  • ‘It seems very distant to me,’ said the girl.
  • ‘It was an unwholesome world,’ reflected Karenin. ‘I seem to remember
  • everybody about my childhood as if they were ill. They were ill.
  • They were sick with confusion. Everybody was anxious about money and
  • everybody was doing uncongenial things. They ate a queer mixture of
  • foods, either too much or too little, and at odd hours. One sees how ill
  • they were by their advertisements. All this new region of London they
  • are opening up now is plastered with advertisements of pills. Everybody
  • must have been taking pills. In one of the hotel rooms in the Strand
  • they have found the luggage of a lady covered up by falling rubble and
  • unburnt, and she was equipped with nine different sorts of pill and
  • tabloid. The pill-carrying age followed the weapon-carrying age. They
  • are equally strange to us. People’s skins must have been in a vile
  • state. Very few people were properly washed; they carried the filth of
  • months on their clothes. All the clothes they wore were old clothes; our
  • way of pulping our clothes again after a week or so of wear would have
  • seemed fantastic to them. Their clothing hardly bears thinking about.
  • And the congestion of them! Everybody was jostling against everybody in
  • those awful towns. In an uproar. People were run over and crushed by
  • the hundred; every year in London the cars and omnibuses alone killed or
  • disabled twenty thousand people, in Paris it was worse; people used to
  • fall dead for want of air in the crowded ways. The irritation of London,
  • internal and external, must have been maddening. It was a maddened
  • world. It is like thinking of a sick child. One has the same effect of
  • feverish urgencies and acute irrational disappointments.
  • ‘All history,’ he said, ‘is a record of a childhood....
  • ‘And yet not exactly a childhood. There is something clean and keen
  • about even a sick child--and something touching. But so much of the
  • old times makes one angry. So much they did seems grossly stupid,
  • obstinately, outrageously stupid, which is the very opposite to being
  • fresh and young.
  • ‘I was reading only the other day about Bismarck, that hero of
  • nineteenth-century politics, that sequel to Napoleon, that god of blood
  • and iron. And he was just a beery, obstinate, dull man. Indeed, that
  • is what he was, the commonest, coarsest man, who ever became great. I
  • looked at his portraits, a heavy, almost froggish face, with projecting
  • eyes and a thick moustache to hide a poor mouth. He aimed at nothing but
  • Germany, Germany emphasised, indurated, enlarged; Germany and his class
  • in Germany; beyond that he had no ideas, he was inaccessible to ideas;
  • his mind never rose for a recorded instant above a bumpkin’s elaborate
  • cunning. And he was the most influential man in the world, in the whole
  • world, no man ever left so deep a mark on it, because everywhere there
  • were gross men to resonate to the heavy notes he emitted. He trampled on
  • ten thousand lovely things, and a kind of malice in these louts made
  • it pleasant to them to see him trample. No--he was no child; the dull,
  • national aggressiveness he stood for, no childishness. Childhood is
  • promise. He was survival.
  • ‘All Europe offered its children to him, it sacrificed education, art,
  • happiness and all its hopes of future welfare to follow the clatter of
  • his sabre. The monstrous worship of that old fool’s “blood and iron”
  • passed all round the earth. Until the atomic bombs burnt our way to
  • freedom again....’
  • ‘One thinks of him now as one thinks of the megatherium,’ said one of
  • the young men.
  • ‘From first to last mankind made three million big guns and a hundred
  • thousand complicated great ships for no other purpose but war.’
  • ‘Were there no sane men in those days,’ asked the young man, ‘to stand
  • against that idolatry?’
  • ‘In a state of despair,’ said Edith Haydon.
  • ‘He is so far off--and there are men alive still who were alive when
  • Bismarck died!’ . . . said the young man....
  • Section 5
  • ‘And yet it may be I am unjust to Bismarck,’ said Karenin, following
  • his own thoughts. ‘You see, men belong to their own age; we stand upon
  • a common stock of thought and we fancy we stand upon the ground. I met
  • a pleasant man the other day, a Maori, whose great-grandfather was a
  • cannibal. It chanced he had a daguerreotype of the old sinner, and the
  • two were marvellously alike. One felt that a little juggling with time
  • and either might have been the other. People are cruel and stupid in a
  • stupid age who might be gentle and splendid in a gracious one. The world
  • also has its moods. Think of the mental food of Bismarck’s childhood;
  • the humiliations of Napoleon’s victories, the crowded, crowning victory
  • of the Battle of the Nations.... Everybody in those days, wise or
  • foolish, believed that the division of the world under a multitude of
  • governments was inevitable, and that it was going on for thousands of
  • years more. It WAS inevitable until it was impossible. Any one who had
  • denied that inevitability publicly would have been counted--oh! a SILLY
  • fellow. Old Bismarck was only just a little--forcible, on the lines of
  • the accepted ideas. That is all. He thought that since there had to
  • be national governments he would make one that was strong at home and
  • invincible abroad. Because he had fed with a kind of rough appetite upon
  • what we can see now were very stupid ideas, that does not make him
  • a stupid man. We’ve had advantages; we’ve had unity and collectivism
  • blasted into our brains. Where should we be now but for the grace of
  • science? I should have been an embittered, spiteful, downtrodden member
  • of the Russian Intelligenza, a conspirator, a prisoner, or an assassin.
  • You, my dear, would have been breaking dingy windows as a suffragette.’
  • ‘NEVER,’ said Edith stoutly....
  • For a time the talk broke into humorous personalities, and the young
  • people gibed at each other across the smiling old administrator, and
  • then presently one of the young scientific men gave things a new turn.
  • He spoke like one who was full to the brim.
  • ‘You know, sir, I’ve a fancy--it is hard to prove such things--that
  • civilisation was very near disaster when the atomic bombs came
  • banging into it, that if there had been no Holsten and no induced
  • radio-activity, the world would have--smashed--much as it did. Only
  • instead of its being a smash that opened a way to better things, it
  • might have been a smash without a recovery. It is part of my business
  • to understand economics, and from that point of view the century before
  • Holsten was just a hundred years’ crescendo of waste. Only the extreme
  • individualism of that period, only its utter want of any collective
  • understanding or purpose can explain that waste. Mankind used up
  • material--insanely. They had got through three-quarters of all the coal
  • in the planet, they had used up most of the oil, they had swept away
  • their forests, and they were running short of tin and copper. Their
  • wheat areas were getting weary and populous, and many of the big towns
  • had so lowered the water level of their available hills that they
  • suffered a drought every summer. The whole system was rushing towards
  • bankruptcy. And they were spending every year vaster and vaster
  • amounts of power and energy upon military preparations, and continually
  • expanding the debt of industry to capital. The system was already
  • staggering when Holsten began his researches. So far as the world in
  • general went there was no sense of danger and no desire for inquiry.
  • They had no belief that science could save them, nor any idea that there
  • was a need to be saved. They could not, they would not, see the gulf
  • beneath their feet. It was pure good luck for mankind at large that
  • any research at all was in progress. And as I say, sir, if that line
  • of escape hadn’t opened, before now there might have been a crash,
  • revolution, panic, social disintegration, famine, and--it is
  • conceivable--complete disorder.... The rails might have rusted on the
  • disused railways by now, the telephone poles have rotted and fallen,
  • the big liners dropped into sheet-iron in the ports; the burnt, deserted
  • cities become the ruinous hiding-places of gangs of robbers. We might
  • have been brigands in a shattered and attenuated world. Ah, you may
  • smile, but that had happened before in human history. The world is still
  • studded with the ruins of broken-down civilisations. Barbaric bands
  • made their fastness upon the Acropolis, and the tomb of Hadrian became a
  • fortress that warred across the ruins of Rome against the Colosseum....
  • Had all that possibility of reaction ended so certainly in 1940? Is it
  • all so very far away even now?’
  • ‘It seems far enough away now,’ said Edith Haydon.
  • ‘But forty years ago?’
  • ‘No,’ said Karenin with his eyes upon the mountains, ‘I think you
  • underrate the available intelligence in those early decades of the
  • twentieth century. Officially, I know, politically, that intelligence
  • didn’t tell--but it was there. And I question your hypothesis. I doubt
  • if that discovery could have been delayed. There is a kind of inevitable
  • logic now in the progress of research. For a hundred years and more
  • thought and science have been going their own way regardless of the
  • common events of life. You see--they have got loose. If there had been
  • no Holsten there would have been some similar man. If atomic energy had
  • not come in one year it would have come in another. In decadent Rome
  • the march of science had scarcely begun.... Nineveh, Babylon, Athens,
  • Syracuse, Alexandria, these were the first rough experiments in
  • association that made a security, a breathing-space, in which inquiry
  • was born. Man had to experiment before he found out the way to begin.
  • But already two hundred years ago he had fairly begun.... The politics
  • and dignities and wars of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries were
  • only the last phoenix blaze of the former civilisation flaring up about
  • the beginnings of the new. Which we serve.... ‘Man lives in the dawn for
  • ever,’ said Karenin. ‘Life is beginning and nothing else but beginning.
  • It begins everlastingly. Each step seems vaster than the last, and does
  • but gather us together for the nest. This Modern State of ours, which
  • would have been a Utopian marvel a hundred years ago, is already the
  • commonplace of life. But as I sit here and dream of the possibilities
  • in the mind of man that now gather to a head beneath the shelter of its
  • peace, these great mountains here seem but little things....’
  • Section 6
  • About eleven Karenin had his midday meal, and afterwards he slept among
  • his artificial furs and pillows for two hours. Then he awoke and
  • some tea was brought to him, and he attended to a small difficulty in
  • connection with the Moravian schools in the Labrador country and in
  • Greenland that Gardener knew would interest him. He remained alone for
  • a little while after that, and then the two women came to him again.
  • Afterwards Edwards and Kahn joined the group, and the talk fell upon
  • love and the place of women in the renascent world. The cloudbanks of
  • India lay under a quivering haze, and the blaze of the sun fell full
  • upon the eastward precipices. Ever and again as they talked, some vast
  • splinter of rock would crack and come away from these, or a wild rush
  • of snow and ice and stone, pour down in thunder, hang like a wet thread
  • into the gulfs below, and cease....
  • Section 7
  • For a time Karenin said very little, and Kahn, the popular poet, talked
  • of passionate love. He said that passionate, personal love had been the
  • abiding desire of humanity since ever humanity had begun, and now
  • only was it becoming a possible experience. It had been a dream that
  • generation after generation had pursued, that always men had lost on the
  • verge of attainment. To most of those who had sought it obstinately it
  • had brought tragedy. Now, lifted above sordid distresses, men and women
  • might hope for realised and triumphant love. This age was the Dawn of
  • Love....
  • Karenin remained downcast and thoughtful while Kahn said these things.
  • Against that continued silence Kahn’s voice presently seemed to beat and
  • fail. He had begun by addressing Karenin, but presently he was including
  • Edith Haydon and Rachel Borken in his appeal. Rachel listened silently;
  • Edith watched Karenin and very deliberately avoided Kahn’s eyes.
  • ‘I know,’ said Karenin at last, ‘that many people are saying this sort
  • of thing. I know that there is a vast release of love-making in the
  • world. This great wave of decoration and elaboration that has gone about
  • the world, this Efflorescence, has of course laid hold of that. I know
  • that when you say that the world is set free, you interpret that to
  • mean that the world is set free for love-making. Down there,--under
  • the clouds, the lovers foregather. I know your songs, Kahn, your
  • half-mystical songs, in which you represent this old hard world
  • dissolving into a luminous haze of love--sexual love.... I don’t think
  • you are right or true in that. You are a young, imaginative man, and
  • you see life--ardently--with the eyes of youth. But the power that has
  • brought man into these high places under this blue-veiled blackness of
  • the sky and which beckons us on towards the immense and awful future of
  • our race, is riper and deeper and greater than any such emotions....
  • ‘All through my life--it has been a necessary part of my work--I have
  • had to think of this release of sexual love and the riddles that perfect
  • freedom and almost limitless power will put to the soul of our race. I
  • can see now, all over the world, a beautiful ecstasy of waste; “Let us
  • sing and rejoice and be lovely and wonderful.” . . . The orgy is
  • only beginning, Kahn.... It was inevitable--but it is not the end of
  • mankind....
  • ‘Think what we are. It is but a yesterday in the endlessness of time
  • that life was a dreaming thing, dreaming so deeply that it forgot itself
  • as it dreamt, its lives, its individual instincts, its moments, were
  • born and wondered and played and desired and hungered and grew weary
  • and died. Incalculable successions of vision, visions of sunlit jungle,
  • river wilderness, wild forest, eager desire, beating hearts, soaring
  • wings and creeping terror flamed hotly and then were as though they
  • had never been. Life was an uneasiness across which lights played
  • and vanished. And then we came, man came, and opened eyes that were a
  • question and hands that were a demand and began a mind and memory that
  • dies not when men die, but lives and increases for ever, an over-mind,
  • a dominating will, a question and an aspiration that reaches to the
  • stars.... Hunger and fear and this that you make so much of, this sex,
  • are but the elementals of life out of which we have arisen. All these
  • elementals, I grant you, have to be provided for, dealt with, satisfied,
  • but all these things have to be left behind.’
  • ‘But Love,’ said Kahn.
  • ‘I speak of sexual love and the love of intimate persons. And that is
  • what you mean, Kahn.’
  • Karenin shook his head. ‘You cannot stay at the roots and climb the
  • tree,’ he said....
  • ‘No,’ he said after a pause, ‘this sexual excitement, this love story,
  • is just a part of growing up and we grow out of it. So far literature
  • and art and sentiment and all our emotional forms have been almost
  • altogether adolescent, plays and stories, delights and hopes, they have
  • all turned on that marvellous discovery of the love interest, but life
  • lengthens out now and the mind of adult humanity detaches itself. Poets
  • who used to die at thirty live now to eighty-five. You, too, Kahn! There
  • are endless years yet for you--and all full of learning.... We carry an
  • excessive burden of sex and sexual tradition still, and we have to free
  • ourselves from it. We do free ourselves from it. We have learnt in a
  • thousand different ways to hold back death, and this sex, which in the
  • old barbaric days was just sufficient to balance our dying, is now like
  • a hammer that has lost its anvil, it plunges through human life. You
  • poets, you young people want to turn it to delight. Turn it to delight.
  • That may be one way out. In a little while, if you have any brains worth
  • thinking about, you will be satisfied, and then you will come up here to
  • the greater things. The old religions and their new offsets want still,
  • I see, to suppress all these things. Let them suppress. If they can
  • suppress. In their own people. Either road will bring you here at last
  • to the eternal search for knowledge and the great adventure of power.’
  • ‘But incidentally,’ said Rachel Borken; ‘incidentally you have half of
  • humanity, you have womankind, very much specialised for--for this love
  • and reproduction that is so much less needed than it was.’
  • ‘Both sexes are specialised for love and reproduction,’ said Karenin.
  • ‘But the women carry the heavier burden.’
  • ‘Not in their imaginations,’ said Edwards.
  • ‘And surely,’ said Kahn, ‘when you speak of love as a phase--isn’t it a
  • necessary phase? Quite apart from reproduction the love of the sexes
  • is necessary. Isn’t it love, sexual love, which has released the
  • imagination? Without that stir, without that impulse to go out from
  • ourselves, to be reckless of ourselves and wonderful, would our lives be
  • anything more than the contentment of the stalled ox?’
  • ‘The key that opens the door,’ said Karenin, ‘is not the goal of the
  • journey.’
  • ‘But women!’ cried Rachel. ‘Here we are! What is our future--as women?
  • Is it only that we have unlocked the doors of the imagination for you
  • men? Let us speak of this question now. It is a thing constantly in my
  • thoughts, Karenin. What do you think of us? You who must have thought so
  • much of these perplexities.’
  • Karenin seemed to weigh his words. He spoke very deliberately. ‘I do not
  • care a rap about your future--as women. I do not care a rap about the
  • future of men--as males. I want to destroy these peculiar futures. I
  • care for your future as intelligences, as parts of and contribution
  • to the universal mind of the race. Humanity is not only naturally
  • over-specialised in these matters, but all its institutions, its
  • customs, everything, exaggerate, intensify this difference. I want to
  • unspecialise women. No new idea. Plato wanted exactly that. I do not
  • want to go on as we go now, emphasising this natural difference; I do
  • not deny it, but I want to reduce it and overcome it.’
  • ‘And--we remain women,’ said Rachel Borken. ‘Need you remain thinking of
  • yourselves as women?’
  • ‘It is forced upon us,’ said Edith Haydon.
  • ‘I do not think a woman becomes less of a woman because she dresses and
  • works like a man,’ said Edwards. ‘You women here, I mean you scientific
  • women, wear white clothing like the men, twist up your hair in the
  • simplest fashion, go about your work as though there was only one sex in
  • the world. You are just as much women, even if you are not so feminine,
  • as the fine ladies down below there in the plains who dress for
  • excitement and display, whose only thoughts are of lovers, who
  • exaggerate every difference.... Indeed we love you more.’
  • ‘But we go about our work,’ said Edith Haydon.
  • ‘So does it matter?’ asked Rachel.
  • ‘If you go about your work and if the men go about their work then for
  • Heaven’s sake be as much woman as you wish,’ said Karenin. ‘When I ask
  • you to unspecialise, I am thinking not of the abolition of sex, but the
  • abolition of the irksome, restricting, obstructive obsession with sex.
  • It may be true that sex made society, that the first society was the
  • sex-cemented family, the first state a confederacy of blood relations,
  • the first laws sexual taboos. Until a few years ago morality meant
  • proper sexual behaviour. Up to within a few years of us the chief
  • interest and motive of an ordinary man was to keep and rule a woman and
  • her children and the chief concern of a woman was to get a man to do
  • that. That was the drama, that was life. And the jealousy of these
  • demands was the master motive in the world. You said, Kahn, a little
  • while ago that sexual love was the key that let one out from the
  • solitude of self, but I tell you that so far it has only done so in
  • order to lock us all up again in a solitude of two.... All that may have
  • been necessary but it is necessary no longer. All that has changed
  • and changes still very swiftly. Your future, Rachel, AS WOMEN, is a
  • diminishing future.’
  • ‘Karenin?’ asked Rachel, ‘do you mean that women are to become men?’
  • ‘Men and women have to become human beings.’
  • ‘You would abolish women? But, Karenin, listen! There is more than
  • sex in this. Apart from sex we are different from you. We take up
  • life differently. Forget we are--females, Karenin, and still we are a
  • different sort of human being with a different use. In some things we
  • are amazingly secondary. Here am I in this place because of my trick of
  • management, and Edith is here because of her patient, subtle hands. That
  • does not alter the fact that nearly the whole body of science is man
  • made; that does not alter the fact that men do so predominatingly make
  • history, that you could nearly write a complete history of the world
  • without mentioning a woman’s name. And on the other hand we have a
  • gift of devotion, of inspiration, a distinctive power for truly loving
  • beautiful things, a care for life and a peculiar keen close eye for
  • behaviour. You know men are blind beside us in these last matters. You
  • know they are restless--and fitful. We have a steadfastness. We may
  • never draw the broad outlines nor discover the new paths, but in the
  • future isn’t there a confirming and sustaining and supplying role for
  • us? As important, perhaps, as yours? Equally important. We hold the
  • world up, Karenin, though you may have raised it.’
  • ‘You know very well, Rachel, that I believe as you believe. I am not
  • thinking of the abolition of woman. But I do want to abolish--the
  • heroine, the sexual heroine. I want to abolish the woman whose support
  • is jealousy and whose gift possession. I want to abolish the woman who
  • can be won as a prize or locked up as a delicious treasure. And away
  • down there the heroine flares like a divinity.’
  • ‘In America,’ said Edwards, ‘men are fighting duels over the praises of
  • women and holding tournaments before Queens of Beauty.’
  • ‘I saw a beautiful girl in Lahore,’ said Kahn, ‘she sat under a golden
  • canopy like a goddess, and three fine men, armed and dressed like the
  • ancient paintings, sat on steps below her to show their devotion. And
  • they wanted only her permission to fight for her.’
  • ‘That is the men’s doing,’ said Edith Haydon.
  • ‘I SAID,’ cried Edwards, ‘that man’s imagination was more specialised
  • for sex than the whole being of woman. What woman would do a thing like
  • that? Women do but submit to it or take advantage of it.’
  • ‘There is no evil between men and women that is not a common evil,’ said
  • Karenin. ‘It is you poets, Kahn, with your love songs which turn the
  • sweet fellowship of comrades into this woman-centred excitement. But
  • there is something in women, in many women, which responds to these
  • provocations; they succumb to a peculiarly self-cultivating egotism.
  • They become the subjects of their own artistry. They develop and
  • elaborate themselves as scarcely any man would ever do. They LOOK for
  • golden canopies. And even when they seem to react against that, they may
  • do it still. I have been reading in the old papers of the movements
  • to emancipate women that were going on before the discovery of atomic
  • force. These things which began with a desire to escape from the
  • limitations and servitude of sex, ended in an inflamed assertion of sex,
  • and women more heroines than ever. Helen of Holloway was at last as
  • big a nuisance in her way as Helen of Troy, and so long as you think
  • of yourselves as women’--he held out a finger at Rachel and smiled
  • gently--‘instead of thinking of yourselves as intelligent beings, you
  • will be in danger of--Helenism. To think of yourselves as women is
  • to think of yourselves in relation to men. You can’t escape that
  • consequence. You have to learn to think of yourselves--for our sakes and
  • your own sakes--in relation to the sun and stars. You have to cease to
  • be our adventure, Rachel, and come with us upon our adventures. ...’ He
  • waved his hand towards the dark sky above the mountain crests.
  • Section 8
  • ‘These questions are the next questions to which research will bring us
  • answers,’ said Karenin. ‘While we sit here and talk idly and inexactly
  • of what is needed and what may be, there are hundreds of keen-witted
  • men and women who are working these things out, dispassionately and
  • certainly, for the love of knowledge. The next sciences to yield
  • great harvests now will be psychology and neural physiology. These
  • perplexities of the situation between man and woman and the trouble with
  • the obstinacy of egotism, these are temporary troubles, the issue of
  • our own times. Suddenly all these differences that seem so fixed will
  • dissolve, all these incompatibles will run together, and we shall go on
  • to mould our bodies and our bodily feelings and personal reactions as
  • boldly as we begin now to carve mountains and set the seas in their
  • places and change the currents of the wind.’
  • ‘It is the next wave,’ said Fowler, who had come out upon the terrace
  • and seated himself silently behind Karenin’s chair.
  • ‘Of course, in the old days,’ said Edwards, ‘men were tied to their city
  • or their country, tied to the homes they owned or the work they did....’
  • ‘I do not see,’ said Karenin, ‘that there is any final limit to man’s
  • power of self-modification.
  • ‘There is none,’ said Fowler, walking forward and sitting down upon the
  • parapet in front of Karenin so that he could see his face. ‘There is no
  • absolute limit to either knowledge or power.... I hope you do not tire
  • yourself talking.’
  • ‘I am interested,’ said Karenin. ‘I suppose in a little while men will
  • cease to be tired. I suppose in a little time you will give us something
  • that will hurry away the fatigue products and restore our jaded tissues
  • almost at once. This old machine may be made to run without slacking or
  • cessation.’
  • ‘That is possible, Karenin. But there is much to learn.’
  • ‘And all the hours we give to digestion and half living; don’t you think
  • there will be some way of saving these?’
  • Fowler nodded assent.
  • ‘And then sleep again. When man with his blazing lights made an end to
  • night in his towns and houses--it is only a hundred years or so ago
  • that that was done--then it followed he would presently resent his eight
  • hours of uselessness. Shan’t we presently take a tabloid or lie in some
  • field of force that will enable us to do with an hour or so of slumber
  • and rise refreshed again?’
  • ‘Frobisher and Ameer Ali have done work in that direction.’
  • ‘And then the inconveniences of age and those diseases of the system
  • that come with years; steadily you drive them back and you lengthen and
  • lengthen the years that stretch between the passionate tumults of youth
  • and the contractions of senility. Man who used to weaken and die as
  • his teeth decayed now looks forward to a continually lengthening,
  • continually fuller term of years. And all those parts of him that once
  • gathered evil against him, the vestigial structures and odd, treacherous
  • corners of his body, you know better and better how to deal with.
  • You carve his body about and leave it re-modelled and unscarred. The
  • psychologists are learning how to mould minds, to reduce and remove bad
  • complexes of thought and motive, to relieve pressures and broaden ideas.
  • So that we are becoming more and more capable of transmitting what we
  • have learnt and preserving it for the race. The race, the racial wisdom,
  • science, gather power continually to subdue the individual man to its
  • own end. Is that not so?’
  • Fowler said that it was, and for a time he was telling Karenin of new
  • work that was in progress in India and Russia. ‘And how is it with
  • heredity?’ asked Karenin.
  • Fowler told them of the mass of inquiry accumulated and arranged by
  • the genius of Tchen, who was beginning to define clearly the laws of
  • inheritance and how the sex of children and the complexions and many of
  • the parental qualities could be determined.
  • ‘He can actually DO----?’
  • ‘It is still, so to speak, a mere laboratory triumph,’ said Fowler, ‘but
  • to-morrow it will be practicable.’
  • ‘You see,’ cried Karenin, turning a laughing face to Rachel and Edith,
  • ‘while we have been theorising about men and women, here is science
  • getting the power for us to end that old dispute for ever. If woman is
  • too much for us, we’ll reduce her to a minority, and if we do not like
  • any type of men and women, we’ll have no more of it. These old bodies,
  • these old animal limitations, all this earthly inheritance of gross
  • inevitabilities falls from the spirit of man like the shrivelled cocoon
  • from an imago. And for my own part, when I hear of these things I feel
  • like that--like a wet, crawling new moth that still fears to spread its
  • wings. Because where do these things take us?’
  • ‘Beyond humanity,’ said Kahn.
  • ‘No,’ said Karenin. ‘We can still keep our feet upon the earth that made
  • us. But the air no longer imprisons us, this round planet is no longer
  • chained to us like the ball of a galley slave....
  • ‘In a little while men who will know how to bear the strange
  • gravitations, the altered pressures, the attenuated, unfamiliar gases
  • and all the fearful strangenesses of space will be venturing out from
  • this earth. This ball will be no longer enough for us; our spirit will
  • reach out.... Cannot you see how that little argosy will go glittering
  • up into the sky, twinkling and glittering smaller and smaller until the
  • blue swallows it up. They may succeed out there; they may perish, but
  • other men will follow them....
  • ‘It is as if a great window opened,’ said Karenin.
  • Section 9
  • As the evening drew on Karenin and those who were about him went up
  • upon the roof of the buildings, so that they might the better watch
  • the sunset and the flushing of the mountains and the coming of the
  • afterglow. They were joined by two of the surgeons from the laboratories
  • below, and presently by a nurse who brought Karenin refreshment in a
  • thin glass cup. It was a cloudless, windless evening under the deep blue
  • sky, and far away to the north glittered two biplanes on the way to the
  • observatories on Everest, two hundred miles distant over the precipices
  • to the east. The little group of people watched them pass over the
  • mountains and vanish into the blue, and then for a time they talked of
  • the work that the observatory was doing. From that they passed to the
  • whole process of research about the world, and so Karenin’s thoughts
  • returned again to the mind of the world and the great future that was
  • opening upon man’s imagination. He asked the surgeons many questions
  • upon the detailed possibilities of their science, and he was keenly
  • interested and excited by the things they told him. And as they talked
  • the sun touched the mountains, and became very swiftly a blazing and
  • indented hemisphere of liquid flame and sank.
  • Karenin looked blinking at the last quivering rim of incandescence, and
  • shaded his eyes and became silent.
  • Presently he gave a little start.
  • ‘What?’ asked Rachel Borken.
  • ‘I had forgotten,’ he said.
  • ‘What had you forgotten?’
  • ‘I had forgotten about the operation to-morrow. I have been so
  • interested as Man to-day that I have nearly forgotten Marcus Karenin.
  • Marcus Karenin must go under your knife to-morrow, Fowler, and very
  • probably Marcus Karenin will die.’ He raised his slightly shrivelled
  • hand. ‘It does not matter, Fowler. It scarcely matters even to me. For
  • indeed is it Karenin who has been sitting here and talking; is it not
  • rather a common mind, Fowler, that has played about between us? You and
  • I and all of us have added thought to thought, but the thread is neither
  • you nor me. What is true we all have; when the individual has altogether
  • brought himself to the test and winnowing of expression, then the
  • individual is done. I feel as though I had already been emptied out of
  • that little vessel, that Marcus Karenin, which in my youth held me so
  • tightly and completely. Your beauty, dear Edith, and your broad brow,
  • dear Rachel, and you, Fowler, with your firm and skilful hands, are now
  • almost as much to me as this hand that beats the arm of my chair. And as
  • little me. And the spirit that desires to know, the spirit that resolves
  • to do, that spirit that lives and has talked in us to-day, lived in
  • Athens, lived in Florence, lives on, I know, for ever....
  • ‘And you, old Sun, with your sword of flame searing these poor eyes
  • of Marcus for the last time of all, beware of me! You think I die--and
  • indeed I am only taking off one more coat to get at you. I have
  • threatened you for ten thousand years, and soon I warn you I shall be
  • coming. When I am altogether stripped and my disguises thrown away. Very
  • soon now, old Sun, I shall launch myself at you, and I shall reach you
  • and I shall put my foot on your spotted face and tug you about by your
  • fiery locks. One step I shall take to the moon, and then I shall leap
  • at you. I’ve talked to you before, old Sun, I’ve talked to you a million
  • times, and now I am beginning to remember. Yes--long ago, long ago,
  • before I had stripped off a few thousand generations, dust now
  • and forgotten, I was a hairy savage and I pointed my hand at you
  • and--clearly I remember it!--I saw you in a net. Have you forgotten
  • that, old Sun? . . .
  • ‘Old Sun, I gather myself together out of the pools of the individual
  • that have held me dispersed so long. I gather my billion thoughts into
  • science and my million wills into a common purpose. Well may you slink
  • down behind the mountains from me, well may you cower....’
  • Section 10
  • Karenin desired that he might dream alone for a little while before he
  • returned to the cell in which he was to sleep. He was given relief for a
  • pain that began to trouble him and wrapped warmly about with furs, for
  • a great coldness was creeping over all things, and so they left him, and
  • he sat for a long time watching the afterglow give place to the darkness
  • of night.
  • It seemed to those who had to watch over him unobtrusively lest he
  • should be in want of any attention, that he mused very deeply.
  • The white and purple peaks against the golden sky sank down into cold,
  • blue remoteness, glowed out again and faded again, and the burning
  • cressets of the Indian stars, that even the moonrise cannot altogether
  • quench, began their vigil. The moon rose behind the towering screen of
  • dark precipices to the east, and long before it emerged above these, its
  • slanting beams had filled the deep gorges below with luminous mist and
  • turned the towers and pinnacles of Lio Porgyul to a magic dreamcastle of
  • radiance and wonder....
  • Came a great uprush of ghostly light above the black rim of rocks, and
  • then like a bubble that is blown and detaches itself the moon floated
  • off clear into the unfathomable dark sky....
  • And then Karenin stood up. He walked a few paces along the terrace and
  • remained for a time gazing up at that great silver disc, that silvery
  • shield that must needs be man’s first conquest in outer space....
  • Presently he turned about and stood with his hands folded behind him,
  • looking at the northward stars....
  • At length he went to his own cell. He lay down there and slept
  • peacefully till the morning. And early in the morning they came to him
  • and the anaesthetic was given him and the operation performed.
  • It was altogether successful, but Karenin was weak and he had to lie
  • very still; and about seven days later a blood clot detached itself from
  • the healing scar and travelled to his heart, and he died in an instant
  • in the night.
  • End of Project Gutenberg’s The World Set Free, by Herbert George Wells
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD SET FREE ***
  • ***** This file should be named 1059-0.txt or 1059-0.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/5/1059/
  • Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.org/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
  • of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
  • The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.